WO2005100298A1 - Cetp inhibitors - Google Patents

Cetp inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2005100298A1
WO2005100298A1 PCT/US2005/012196 US2005012196W WO2005100298A1 WO 2005100298 A1 WO2005100298 A1 WO 2005100298A1 US 2005012196 W US2005012196 W US 2005012196W WO 2005100298 A1 WO2005100298 A1 WO 2005100298A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
optionally substituted
group
trifluoromethyl
independently selected
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2005/012196
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Amjad Ali
Joann Bohn
Qiaolin Deng
Zhijian Lu
Peter J. Sinclair
Gayle E. Taylor
Christopher F. Thompson
Nazia Quraishi
Original Assignee
Merck & Co., Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Merck & Co., Inc. filed Critical Merck & Co., Inc.
Priority to CA2562082A priority Critical patent/CA2562082C/en
Priority to EP05736159.4A priority patent/EP1737811B1/en
Priority to US11/578,694 priority patent/US7737295B2/en
Priority to JP2007508428A priority patent/JP4922924B2/en
Priority to AU2005233160A priority patent/AU2005233160B2/en
Publication of WO2005100298A1 publication Critical patent/WO2005100298A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C271/00—Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C271/06—Esters of carbamic acids
    • C07C271/08—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/10—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/20—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
    • C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C233/16—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C07C233/17—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
    • C07C233/18—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom having the carbon atom of the carboxamide group bound to a hydrogen atom or to a carbon atom of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C271/00—Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C271/06—Esters of carbamic acids
    • C07C271/08—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/10—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/16—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C271/00—Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C271/06—Esters of carbamic acids
    • C07C271/08—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/10—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/22—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by carboxyl groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C279/00—Derivatives of guanidine, i.e. compounds containing the group, the singly-bound nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C279/04—Derivatives of guanidine, i.e. compounds containing the group, the singly-bound nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of guanidine groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of a carbon skeleton
    • C07C279/08—Derivatives of guanidine, i.e. compounds containing the group, the singly-bound nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of guanidine groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of a carbon skeleton being further substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00—Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/01—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C311/02—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
    • C07C311/03—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton having the nitrogen atoms of the sulfonamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C311/04—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton having the nitrogen atoms of the sulfonamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to acyclic carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00—Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/01—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C311/02—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
    • C07C311/08—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C317/00—Sulfones; Sulfoxides
    • C07C317/26—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C317/32—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton with sulfone or sulfoxide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
    • C07D209/08—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/36—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/40—Acylated substituent nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63—One oxygen atom
    • C07D213/64—One oxygen atom attached in position 2 or 6
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63—One oxygen atom
    • C07D213/65—One oxygen atom attached in position 3 or 5
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63—One oxygen atom
    • C07D213/68—One oxygen atom attached in position 4
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/89—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/20—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D215/24—Oxygen atoms attached in position 8
    • C07D215/26—Alcohols; Ethers thereof
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D217/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems
    • C07D217/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only carbon and hydrogen atoms, directly attached to carbon atoms of the nitrogen-containing ring; Alkylene-bis-isoquinolines
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D217/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems
    • C07D217/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems with radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to carbon atoms of the nitrogen-containing ring
    • C07D217/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems with radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to carbon atoms of the nitrogen-containing ring other than aralkyl radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D261/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings
    • C07D261/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D261/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D261/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D271/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D271/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D271/06—1,2,4-Oxadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-oxadiazoles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/38—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D307/52—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/78—Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans
    • C07D307/79—Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/14—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/20—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/22—Radicals substituted by doubly bound hetero atoms, or by two hetero atoms other than halogen singly bound to the same carbon atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/26—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/28—Halogen atoms

Definitions

  • This invention relates to a class of chemical compounds that inhibit cholesterol ester transfer protein (CETP) and therefore may have utility in the treatment and prevention of atherosclerosis.
  • CETP cholesterol ester transfer protein
  • HMG-CoA Reductase inhibitors especially the statins
  • LDL-C Low Density Lipoprotein cholesterol
  • HDL-C High Density Lipoprotein cholesterol
  • CETP cholesteryl ester transfer protein
  • VLDL cholesteryl ester transfer protein
  • CETP plays a role in reverse cholesterol transport, the process whereby cholesterol is returned to the liver from peripheral tissues.
  • many animals do not possess CETP, including animals that have high HDL levels and are known to be resistant to coronary heart disease, such as rodents (see Guyard-Dangremont, V., et. al., (1998) Phospholipid and cholesteryl ester transfer activities in plasma from 4 vertebrate species. Relation to atherogenesis susceptibility, Comp. Biochem. Physiol. B Biochem. Mol. Biol. 120(3), 517-525).
  • statins such as simvastatin (ZOCOR®) represent
  • statins only achieve a risk reduction of approximately one-third in the treatment and prevention of atherosclerosis and ensuing atherosclerotic disease events.
  • pharmacologic therapies are available that favorably raise circulating levels of HDL-C.
  • Certain statins and some fibrates offer modest HDL-C gains.
  • Niacin which provides the most effective therapy for raising HDL-C that has been clinically documented, suffers from patient compliance issues, due in part to side effects such as flushing.
  • An agent that safely and effectively raises HDL cholesterol levels can answer a significant, but as yet unmet medical need by offering a means of pharmacologic therapy that can significantly improve circulating lipid profiles through a mechanism that is complementary to existing therapies.
  • New classes of chemical compounds that inhibit CETP are being investigated at several pharmaceutical companies. No CETP inhibitors are currently being marketed.
  • One CETP inhibitor, torcetrapib is currently in clinical trials, and is being developed for use in combination with atorvastatin. It is not currently being developed as a drug for monotherapy. New compounds are needed so that additional pharmaceutical compounds can be found that are safe and effective, either alone or in combination with other drugs that are used for treatment of lipid disorders.
  • the compounds described herein are very potent CETP inhibitors and may be suitable for use in monotherapy and/or combination therapy.
  • CETP inhibitors having the utilities described below:
  • Al is selected from the group consisting of: (a) an aromatic ring selected from phenyl and naphthyl; (b) a phenyl ring fused to a 5-7 membered non-aromatic cycloalkyl ring, which optionally comprises 1-2 double bonds; (c) a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, and optionally also comprising 1-3 double bonds and a carbonyl group or -N(O)- group, wherein the point of attachment of A 1 to the attached phenyl ring is a carbon atom; and (d) a benzoheterocyclic ring comprising a phenyl ring fused to a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, and S, and optionally 1-2 double bonds, wherein the point of attachment of Al to the attached phenyl ring is a carbon atom;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of H, -Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, - OC1 -C6 alkyl, -SCi-C alkyl, and -NRlO RU; wherein -C1-C6 alkyl in all instances is optionally substituted with 1-13 halogens and 1-2 substituents independently selected from -OC ⁇ -C3alkyl, -CN, and -NO2, wherein -OC ⁇ -C3alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-7 halogens and is optionally also substituted with 1-2 -OC1-C2 alkyl;
  • Rl7 and Rl8 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, -C1-C5 alkyl, and -C3-C7 cycloalkyl, wherein - -C5 alkyl, and -C3-C7 cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with 1-13 halogens.
  • a subgroup of the compounds of this invention has the structure of Formula la, written below, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
  • Al is selected from the group consisting of: (a) an aromatic ring selected from phenyl and naphthyl; (b) a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, and optionally also comprising 1-3 double bonds and a carbonyl group or -N(O)- group, wherein the point of attachment of A to the attached phenyl ring is a carbon atom; and (c) a bicyclic ring comprising a phenyl ring fused to a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, and S, and optionally 1-2 double bonds, wherein the point of attachment of Al to the attached phenyl ring is a carbon atom; wherein Al is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituent groups independently selected from -C1-C5 alkyl, -OC ⁇ -C3alkyl, -CO2C1-C3 alky
  • Rl is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, C1-C3 alkyl, and -OC1 -C3 alkyl, wherein C1-C3 alkyl and -OC1-C3 alkyl are each optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens and also are optionally substituted with one -OC ⁇ -C2alkyl; R2 and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen,
  • R2 and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -NRlORl 1, -C1-C3 alkyl, -OC1 -C3 alkyl, -CN, -NO2, and pyridyl, wherein C1-C3 alkyl in all instances is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens.
  • a subgroup of Formula la has Formula lb: ) n CHR 1 lb
  • R2 is selected from H, halogen, -NRIORI I, -C1-C3 alkyl, -OC1-C3 alkyl, -CN, -NO2, and pyridyl, wherein C1-C3 alkyl in all instances is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens; and
  • R3 is selected from H, halogen, -CH3, -CF3, -OCH3, and -OCF3.
  • Rl is H, halogen, or C1-C3 alkyl, wherein C ⁇ _C3 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens.
  • Al may be phenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, benzofuranyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, indolyl, dihydroindolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, or oxadiazolyl.
  • A may be phenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, 1- oxidopyridinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, benzofuranyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, indolyl, dihydroindolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl.
  • A2 may be phenyl, pyridyl, thienyl, 1- oxidopyridinyl, or cyclohexyl.
  • Al may be one of the following: 2-thienyl, 3- thienyl, 2-furyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 3-quinolyl, 5-quinolyl, 6-quinolyl, 8-quinolyl, 4- isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 5-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl), or 5-indolyl, where Al is optionally substituted with 1-2 substituent groups independently selected from -CH3, - OCH3, acetyl, and halogen.
  • A2 may be one of the following: 2-pyridyl, 3- pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, l-oxidopyridin-3-yl, and cyclohexyl, where A2 is optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents which are independently selected from -CH3, -OCH3, acetyl, and halogen.
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of
  • a subgroup of the compounds of this invention has Formula II:
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -NRIORI I , -OC1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkyl, -CN, -NO2, and 3-pyridyl, wherein C1-C3 alkyl in all occurrences is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -C1-C3 alkyl, -OC1 -C2 alkyl, -SC1 -C2 alkyl and -CN, wherein -C1-C3 alkyl, -SC1-C2 alkyl, and -OC1-C2 alkyl are optionally substituted with 1-3 F;
  • R and R6 are each independently H, halogen, -CH3 or -OCH3, wherein -CH3 and
  • -OCH3 are optionally substituted with 1-3 F;
  • R°> and R9 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, -C1 -C3 alkyl, halogen, -S(0) x C ⁇ -C3 alkyl, -NRIORI 1, -OC ⁇ -C3alkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)NR10R11,
  • Rl is H or CH3.
  • R2 is H, -CF3, -OCH3, -NO2, -CN, halogen, -NH2 or 3-pyridyl.
  • R2 is a group other than H.
  • R4 is selected from H, halogen, -CH3, -C2H5, -OCH3, -OC2H5, -SCH3, and -CN.
  • R is H or F.
  • R6 is H, F, -CH3, or -OCH3.
  • RlO and Rl 1 are each H or -CH3.
  • n is 0. In subgroups of Formula I, la, lb, and II, n is 1.
  • R4 is -OCH3.
  • R and R6 are H.
  • R8 is -CF3, -NO2, CI, -CH3, -OCF3, or -OCF2H; and R9 is
  • R4 and R7 are substituent groups other than H.
  • both of R4 and R7 are substituent groups other than H.
  • Alk alkoxy and alkanoyl
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec- and tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, and the like.
  • Alkylene alkyl groups that are difunctional rather than monofunctional.
  • alkenyl means carbon chains which contain at least one carbon-carbon double bond, and which may be linear or branched or combinations thereof. Examples of alkenyl include vinyl, allyl, isopropenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-butenyl, 2-methyl-2-butenyl, and the like.
  • Alkynyl means carbon chains which contain at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and which may be linear or branched or combinations thereof.
  • alkynyl examples include ethynyl, propargyl, 3-methyl-l-pentynyl, 2-heptynyl and the like.
  • Cycloalkyl means a saturated carbocyclic ring having from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, unless otherwise stated. The term also includes a cycloalkyl ring fused to an aryl group. Examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and the like.
  • Cycloalkenyl means a non-aromatic carbocyclic ring having one or more double binds.
  • Aryl when used to describe a substituent or group in a structure means a monocyclic or bicyclic compound in which the rings are aromatic and which contains only carbon ring atoms.
  • aryl can also refer to an aryl group that is fused to a cycloalkyl or heterocycle. Preferred “aryls” are phenyl and naphthyl. Phenyl is generally the most preferred aryl group.
  • Heterocyclyl “heterocycle,” and “heterocyclic” means a fully or partially saturated or aromatic 5-6 membered ring containing 1-4 heteroatoms in the ring independently selected from N, S and O, unless otherwise stated.
  • the heterocyclic ring may also be defined to include an optional carbonyl group or -N(0)-group as part of the ring structure.
  • An example of the latter is pyridine N-oxide.
  • "Benzoheterocycle” represents a phenyl ring fused to a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms, each of which is O, N, or S, where the heterocyclic ring may be saturated or unsaturated (i.e. the heterocyclic ring may have 1-2 double bonds in addition to the double bond of the phenyl ring). Examples include indole, 2,3-dihydroindole, benzofuran, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran, quinoline, and isoquinoline.
  • the benzoheterocycle When the fused heterocycle is aromatic, the benzoheterocycle may also be referred to as benzoheteroaromatic or benzheteroaryl.
  • Halogen includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. Halogen substitutents are most often fluorine or chlorine.
  • Me represents methyl.
  • composition as in pharmaceutical composition, is intended to encompass a product comprising the active ingredient(s), and the inert ingredient(s) that make up the carrier, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination, complexation or aggregation of any two or more of the ingredients, or from dissociation of one or more of the ingredients, or from other types of reactions or interactions of one or more of the ingredients.
  • compositions of the present invention encompass any composition made by admixing a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the substituent "tetrazole” means a 2H-tetrazol-5-yl substituent group and tautomers thereof.
  • Optical Isomers - Diastereomers - Geometric Isomers - Tautomers Compounds of Formula I may contain one or more asymmetric centers and can thus occur as racemates, racemic mixtures, single enantiomers, diastereomeric mixtures and individual diastereomers. The present invention is meant to comprehend all such isomeric forms of the compounds of Formula I. Some of the compounds described herein may contain olefinic double bonds, and unless specified otherwise, are meant to include both E and Z geometric isomers. Some of the compounds described herein may exist as tautomers. An example is a ketone and its enol form, known as keto-enol tautomers.
  • the individual tautomers as well as mixtures thereof are encompassed with compounds of Formula I.
  • Compounds of the Formula I having one or more asymmetric centers may be separated into diastereoisomers, enantiomers, and the like by methods well known in the art.
  • enantiomers and other compounds with chiral centers may be synthesized by stereospecific synthesis using optically pure starting materials and/or reagents of known configuration.
  • Some of the crystalline forms of compounds of the present invention may exist as polymorphs, and as such are intended to be included in the present invention.
  • some of the compounds of the instant invention may form solvates with water or common organic solvents. Such solvates and hydrates are likewise encompassed within the scope of this invention.
  • salts refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases or acids including inorganic or organic bases and inorganic or organic acids. Salts derived from inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic salts, manganous, potassium, sodium, zinc, and the like. Particularly preferred are the ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium, and sodium salts.
  • Salts in the solid form may exist in more than one crystal structure, and may also be in the form of hydrates.
  • Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, and basic ion exchange resins, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N,N - dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethyl-morpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine
  • salts may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic and organic acids.
  • acids include acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and the like.
  • Metabolites - Prodrugs Therapeutically active metabolites, where the metabolites themselves fall within the scope of the claimed invention, are also compounds of the current invention.
  • Prodrugs which are compounds that are converted to the claimed compounds as they are being administered to a patient or after they have been administered to a patient, are also compounds of this invention.
  • Prodrugs which yield compounds of Formula I in vivo in which Z is -CO2H are also compounds of this invention.
  • Compounds of Formula I in which Z is -CO2H are generally unstable to make and use in pharmaceutical compositions.
  • Utilities Compounds of the current invention are potent inhibitors of CETP. They are therefore useful in treating diseases and conditions that are treated by inhibitors of CETP.
  • One aspect of the present invention provides a method for treating or reducing the risk of developing a disease or condition that may be treated or prevented by inhibition of CETP by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of this invention to a patient in need of treatment.
  • a patient is a human or mammal, and is most often a human.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” is the amount.of compound that is effective in obtaining a desired clinical outcome in the treatment of a specific disease.
  • Diseases or conditions that may be treated with compounds of this invention, and diseases which the patient may have a reduced risk of developing as a result of being treated with the compounds of this invention include: atherosclerosis, peripheral vascular disease, dyslipidemia, hyperbetalipoproteinemia, hypoalphalipoproteinemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, familial-hypercholesterolemia, cardiovascular disorders, angina, ischemia, cardiac ischemia, stroke, myocardial infarction, reperfusion injury, angioplastic restenosis, hypertension, vascular complications of diabetes, obesity and endotoxemia.
  • the compounds of this invention are expected to be particularly effective in raising HDL-C and/or increasing the ratio of HDL-C to LDL-C. These changes in HDL-C and LDL-C may be beneficial in treating atherosclerosis, reducing or reversing the development of atherosclerosis, reducing the risk of developing atherosclerosis, or preventing atherosclerosis.
  • Any suitable route of administration may be employed for providing a mammal, especially a human, with an effective dose of a compound of the present invention.
  • oral, rectal, topical, parenteral, ocular, pulmonary, nasal, and the like may be employed.
  • Dosage forms include tablets, troches, dispersions, suspensions, solutions, capsules, creams, ointments, aerosols, and the like.
  • compounds of Formula I are administered orally.
  • the effective dosage of active ingredient employed may vary depending on the particular compound employed, the mode of administration, the condition being treated and the severity of the condition being treated. Such dosage may be ascertained readily by a person skilled in the art.
  • the compounds of the present invention are administered at a daily dosage of from about 0.01 milligram to about 100 milligram per kilogram of animal or human body weight, preferably given as a single daily dose or in divided doses two to six times a day, or in sustained release form.
  • the total daily dose will generally be from about 0.5 milligram to about 500 milligrams.
  • the dosage for an adult human may be as low as 0.1 mg.
  • the dosage regimen may be adjusted within this range or even outside of this range to provide the optimal therapeutic response.
  • Oral administration will usually be carried out using tablets. Examples of doses in tablets are 0.5 mg, 1 mg, 2 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 250 mg, and 500 mg.
  • Other oral forms can also have the same dosages (e.g. capsules).
  • compositions Another aspect of the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions which comprise a compound of Formula I and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt as an active ingredient, as well as a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally other therapeutic ingredients.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases or acids including inorganic bases or acids and organic bases or acids.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may also comprise a prodrug, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, if a prodrug is administered.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions may also consist essentially of a compound of Formula I and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the compositions include compositions suitable for oral, rectal, topical, parenteral
  • the compounds of Formula I can be combined as the active ingredient in intimate admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques.
  • the carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral (including intravenous).
  • any of the usual pharmaceutical media may be employed, such as, for example, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like in the case of oral liquid preparations, such as, for example, suspensions, elixirs and solutions; or carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents and the like in the case of oral solid preparations such as, for example, powders, hard and soft capsules and tablets, with the solid oral preparations being preferred over the liquid preparations. Because of their ease of administration, tablets and capsules represent the most advantageous oral dosage unit form in which case solid pharmaceutical carriers are obviously employed.
  • tablets may be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques.
  • Such compositions and preparations should contain at least 0.1 percent of active compound.
  • the percentage of active compound in these compositions may, of course, be varied and may conveniently be between about 2 percent to about 60 percent of the weight of the unit.
  • the amount of active compound in such therapeutically useful compositions is such that an effective dosage will be obtained.
  • the active compounds can also be administered intranasally as, for example, liquid drops or spray.
  • the tablets, pills, capsules, and the like may also contain a binder such as gum tragacanth, acacia, corn starch or gelatin; excipients such as dicalcium phosphate; a disintegrating agent such as corn starch, potato starch, alginic acid; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate; and a sweetening agent such as sucrose, lactose or saccharin.
  • a dosage unit form is a capsule, it may contain, in addition to materials of the above type, a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil.
  • a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil.
  • Various other materials may be present as coatings or to modify the physical form of the dosage unit. For instance, tablets may be coated with shellac, sugar or both.
  • a syrup or elixir may contain, in addition to the active ingredient, sucrose as a sweetening agent, methyl and propylparabens as preservatives, a dye and a flavoring such as cherry or orange flavor.
  • Compounds of formula I may also be administered parenterally. Solutions or suspensions of these active compounds can be prepared in water suitably mixed with a surfactant such as hydroxypropylcellulose. Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols and mixtures thereof in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
  • the pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.
  • the form must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
  • the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (e.g. glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils.
  • Combination Therapy Compounds of the invention (e.g. Formula I) may be used in combination with other drugs that may also be useful in the treatment or amelioration of the diseases or conditions for which compounds of Formula I are useful. Such other drugs may be administered, by a route and in an amount commonly used therefor, contemporaneously or sequentially with a compound of Formula I.
  • a pharmaceutical composition in unit dosage form containing such other drugs and the compound of Formula I is preferred.
  • the combination therapy also includes therapies in which the compound of Formula I and one or more other drugs are administered on different schedules.
  • the drugs When oral formulations are used, the drugs may be combined into a single combination tablet or other oral dosage form, or the drugs may be packaged together as separate tablets or other oral dosage forms. It is also contemplated that when used in combination with one or more other active ingredients, the compound of the present invention and the other active ingredients may be used in lower doses than when each is used singly. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include those that contain one or more other active ingredients, in addition to a compound of Formula I. Examples of other active ingredients that may be administered in combination with a compound of this invention (e.g.
  • Formula I and either administered separately or in the same pharmaceutical composition, include, but are not limited to, other compounds which improve a patient's lipid profile, such as (i) HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors, (which are generally statins, including lovastatin, simvastatin, rosuvastatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin, atorvastatin, rivastatin, itavastatin, ZD-4522 and other statins), (ii) bile acid sequestrants (cholestyramine, colestipol, and dialkylaminoalkyl derivatives of a cross-linked dextran), (iii) niacin and related compounds, such as nicotinyl alcohol, nicotinamide, and nicotinic acid or a salt thereof, (iv) PPAR ⁇ agonists, such as gemfibrozil and fenofibric acid derivatives (fibrates), including clofibrate, f
  • Preferred classes of therapeutic compounds that can be used with the compounds of this invention for use in improving a patient's lipid profile include one or both of statins and cholesterol absorption inhibitors.
  • Particularly preferred are combinations of compounds of this invention with simvastatin, ezetimibe, or both simvastatin and ezetimibe.
  • Also preferred are combinations with atorvastatin, ezetimibe, or both compounds.
  • compounds of this invention can be used with compounds that are useful for treating other disease, such as diabetes and obesity, as well as other anti-atherosclerostic compounds.
  • Examples of other active ingredients that may be administered in combination with a compound of this invention include, but are not limited to: (a) PPAR gamma agonists and partial agonists, including glitazones and non-glitazones (e.g.
  • pioglitazone englitazone, MCC-555, rosiglitazone, balaglitazone, netoglitazone, T-131, LY-300512, and LY-818;
  • biguanides such as metformin and phenformin;
  • PTP-1B protein tyrosine phosphatase-lB
  • DP-TV dipeptidyl peptidase IV
  • insulin or insulin mimetics sulfonylureas, such as tolbutamide and glipizide, or related materials;
  • ⁇ -glucosidase inhibitors such as acarbose
  • agents which improve a patient's lipid profile as described previously;
  • PPAR ⁇ / ⁇ dual agonists such as muraglitazar, tesaglitazar, farglitazar, and JT-501;
  • PPAR ⁇ / ⁇ dual agonists such as muraglitazar, tesaglitazar, far
  • NPY5 inhibitors melanocortin 4 receptor (Mc4r) agonists, cannabinoid receptor 1 (CB-1) antagonists/inverse agonists, and ⁇ 3 adrenergic receptor agonists;
  • ileal bile acid transporter inhibitors agents intended for use in inflammatory conditions such as aspirin, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, glucocorticoids, azulfidine, and cyclo-oxygenase 2 selective inhibitors, including etoricoxib and rofecoxib;
  • glucagon receptor antagonists (o) GLP-1, (p) GIP-l, and (q) GLP-1 analogs, such as exendins, for example exenitide.
  • a patient having metabolic syndrome is characterized as having three or more symptoms selected from the following group of five symptoms: (1) abdominal obesity; (2) hypertriglyceridemia; (3) low high- density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL); (4) high blood pressure; and (5) elevated fasting glucose, which may be in the range characteristic of Type 2 diabetes if the patient is also diabetic.
  • Each of these symptoms is defined clinically in the recently released Third Report of the National Cholesterol Education Program Expert Panel on Detection, Evaluation and Treatment of High Blood Cholesterol in Adults (Adult Treatment Panel III, or ATP III), National Institutes of Health, 2001, NH Publication No. 01-3670.
  • CETP ASSAY An in vitro continuous assay for determining IC 50 's to identify compounds that are CETP inhibitors was performed based on a modification of the method described by Epps et al. employing BODIPY®-CE as the cholesteryl ester lipid donor. See Epps et al.(1995) Method for measuring the activities of cholesteryl ester transfer protein (lipid transfer protein), Chem. Phys. Lipids. 11, 51-63. Particles used in the assay were created from the following sources: Synthetic donor
  • HDL particles containing DOPC Dioleoyl Phosphatidyl Choline
  • BODIPY®-CE Molecular Probes C- 3927
  • triolein a triglyceride
  • apoHDL a non-diffusable quencher molecule
  • Dabcyl dicetylamide was made by heating dabcyl n-succinimide with dicetylamine in DMF at 95 °C overnight in the presence of diisopropylamine catalyst. Native lipoproteins from human blood were used as acceptor particles.
  • Particles having a density less than 1.063 g/ml were collected by ultracentrifugation. These particles include VLDL, DDL, and LDL. Particle concentrations were expressed in terms of protein concentration as determined by BCA assay (Pierce, USA). Particles were stored at 4 °C until use. Assays were performed in Dynex Microfluor 2 U-bottom black 96-well plates (Cat#
  • An assay cocktail containing CETP, IX CETP buffer (50 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA), and half the final concentration of acceptor particles was prepared, and 100 ⁇ L of the assay cocktail was added to each well of the plate. Test compounds in DMSO were added in a volume of 3 ⁇ L. The plate was mixed on a plate shaker and then incubated at 25 °C for 1 hour. A second assay cocktail containing donor particles, the remaining acceptor particles and IX CETP buffer was prepared. 47 ⁇ L of the second assay cocktail was added to the reaction wells to start the assay. Assays were performed at 25 °C in a final volume of 150 ⁇ L.
  • Examples 1-5, 15-18, 20, 21, 23-27, 49, and 50 are examples of synthetic intermediates.
  • the remaining examples are compounds of the invention.
  • Compounds of this invention have an IC50 value as measured using the assay described above of less than or equal to 50 ⁇ M.
  • Iodides 1-3 are prepared by treatment of 1-2 with isoamylnitrite, n-pentylnitrite, t-butyl nitrite or the like in diiodomethane (see for example: Smith et al., J. Org. Chem. 55, 2543, (1990) and references cited therein).
  • the iodide can be prepared first by diazonium formation using isoamylnitrite, n-pentylnitrite, t-butyl nitrite, sodium nitrite, nitrous acid or the like followed by heating in the presence of iodine or an iodide salt such as copper iodide, sodium iodide, potassium iodide, tetrabutylammonium iodide or the like. Reduction of nitrile 1-2 is carried out using Raney nickel under hydrogen atmosphere in water, methanol, ethanol or the like to afford 2-aminomethyl aniline 1-4.
  • the nitrile can be reduced with Palladium on carbon under hydrogen atmosphere in methanol, ethanol or the like or with lithium aluminum hydride, lithium borohydride, borane or the like in ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like to afford 1- 4.
  • Other methods for reduction of a nitrile to an aminomethyl group can be found in Smith, M. B. and March, J. "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 5 th Ed., John Wiley and Sons, New York, pp. 1204 (2001) and references therein.
  • amine 2-1 can be treated with an appropriately substituted carboxylic acid halide, carboxylic acid activated ester or carboxylic acid in the presence of a coupling reagent such as EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the like and a hindered base such as triethylamine, disopropylethylamine, N- methyl morpholine or the like in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like to give the corresponding amide which can be reduced with LAH, borane or the like to afford dialkylamine 2-2.
  • a coupling reagent such as EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the like
  • a hindered base such as triethylamine, disopropylethylamine, N- methyl morpholine or the like
  • a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, t
  • Acylation of 2-2 with a carboxylic acid and coupling reagent such as EDC EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the like , or a carboxylic acid activated ester or an acid halide, alkylchloroformate, alkylisocyanate, alkylsulfonyl chloride, chlorosulfonyl isocyanate or the like in dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like in the presence of a hindered base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine or the like affords 2-3.
  • a carboxylic acid and coupling reagent such as EDC EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the like
  • a carboxylic acid activated ester or an acid halide alkylchloroformate, alkylisocyanate, alkyls
  • Iodide 2-4 can be prepared by treatment of 2-3 with isoamylnitrite, n-pentylnitrite, t-butyl nitrite or the like in diiodomethane (see for example: Smith et al., J. Org. Chem. 55, 2543, (1990) and references cited therein).
  • the iodide can be prepared first by diazonium formation using isoamylnitrite, n-pentylnitrite, t-butyl nitrite, sodium nitrite, nitrous acid or the like followed by heating in the presence of iodine or an iodide salt such as copper iodide, sodium iodide, potassium iodide, tetrabutylammonium iodide or the like.
  • iodine or an iodide salt such as copper iodide, sodium iodide, potassium iodide, tetrabutylammonium iodide or the like.
  • Haloaryl intermediates 3-4 of the present invention wherein A 2 , R 1 , R a , Z, n and p are as defined in the claims can be prepared as shown in scheme 3.
  • 2-halobenzylbromides 3-2 wherein the halo is preferably iodo or bromo can be purchased or prepared from 2-halotoluenes via benzylic bromination using N- bromosuccinimide in carbon tetrachloride. Treatment of 3-2 with an appropriately substituted benzylamine affords dialkyl amine 3-3.
  • Biaryl compounds 4-2 of the present invention wherein A 1 , A 2 , R 1 , R a , Z, n and p are as defined in the claims can be prepared from aryl halide 4-1 where the halide is preferably bromo or iodo via a Suzuki or Stille reaction wherein 4-1 is coupled with an appropriately substituted aryl boronic acid, aryl boronate ester or aryl trialkyl tin in the presence of a palladium catalyst.
  • the coupling reaction may be carried out using Pd(U)acetate and potassium carbonate in aqueous acetone at reflux.
  • reaction may employ tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium in an ethanol/toluene mix in the presence of sodium carbonate.
  • reaction can employ a number of Palladium (0) compounds and Palladium (II) salts in a number of solvents and in the presence of a variety of ligands, bases, and promoters, generally but not exclusively, with heating and/or microwave irradiation.
  • Some appropriate reaction conditionas can be found described in Miyaua et al., Chem. Rev. 95, 2457 (1995) and references cited within and as described in Smith, M. B. and March, J. "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 5 th Ed., John Wiley and Sons, New York, pp. 868-869 (2001) and references cited therein.
  • Compounds 4-1 are prepared as shown in Schemes 2 and 3.
  • nitrile 5-2 Reduction of nitrile 5-2 is accomplished with Lithium aluminum hydride in diethyl ether to afford 2-aminomethyl aniline 5-3.
  • the nitrile can be reduced with Palladium on carbon or Raney nickel under hydrogen atmosphere in methanol, ethanol or the like.
  • Other methods for reduction of a nitrile to an aminomethyl group can be found in Smith, M. B. and March, J. "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 5 th Ed., John Wiley and Sons, New York, pp. 1204 (2001) and references therein.
  • Alkylation of 5-3 is achieved by treatment with an appropriately substituted benzyl halide, mesylate or tosylate or the like in dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, lithium diisopropylamide or lithium-, sodium-, or potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide or the like to afford disubstituted amine 5-4.
  • a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, lithium diisopropylamide or lithium-, sodium-, or potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide or the like to afford disubstituted amine 5-4.
  • amine 5-3 can be treated with an appropriately substituted carboxylic acid halide, carboxylic acid activated ester or carboxylic acid in the presence of a coupling reagent such as EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the like and a hindered base such as triethylamine, disopropylethylamine, N-methyl morpholine or the like in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like to give the corresponding amide which can be reduced with LAH, borane or the like to afford disubstituted amine 5-4.
  • a coupling reagent such as EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the like
  • a hindered base such as triethylamine, disopropylethylamine, N-methyl morpholine or the like
  • a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane,
  • Treatment of 6-4 with an appropriately substituted amine followed by acylation with a carboxylic acid and coupling reagent such as EDC EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the like or a carboxylic acid activated ester or an acid halide, alkylchloroformate, alkylisocyanate, alkylsulfonyl chloride, chlorosulfonyl isocyanate or the like in dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like in the presence of a hindered base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine or the like affords 6-5.
  • a carboxylic acid and coupling reagent such as EDC EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the like or a carboxylic acid activated ester or an acid halide, alkylchloroformate, alkyl
  • a 1 , A 2 , R 1 , R a , Z, n and p are as defined in the claims can be prepared by acylation of benzylamine 7-1 with a carboxylic acid and coupling reagent such as EDC EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the like , or a carboxylic acid activated ester or an acid halide, alkylchloroformate, alkylisocyanate, alkylsulfonyl chloride, chlorosulfonyl isocyanate or the like in dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like in the presence of a hindered base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine or the like affords 7-2.
  • a carboxylic acid and coupling reagent such as EDC EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the
  • Alkylation of 7-2 can be carried out by treatment with an appropriately substituted alkyl halide, mesylate or tosylate or the like in dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N- methylmorpholine, lithium diisopropylamide or lithium-, sodium-, or potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide or the like to afford compounds 7-3.
  • a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N- methylmorpholine, lithium diisopropylamide or lithium-, sodium-, or potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide or the like to afford compounds 7-3.
  • alkylation of aniline 8-2 with an alkyl halide, mesylate or tosylate or the like in the presence of organic bases such as potassium hexamethyldisilazide and the like in solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether and the like affords compounds 8-3.
  • Aryl amine 9-1 can be converted to the corresponding aryl iodide 9-2 by treatment with isoamylnitrite, n-pentylnitrite, t-butyl nitrite or the like in diiodomethane (see for example: Smith et al., J. Org. Chem. 55, 2543, (1990) and references cited therein).
  • the iodide can be prepared first by diazonium formation using isoamylnitrite, n-pentylnitrite, t-butyl nitrite, sodium nitrite, nitrous acid or the like followed by heating in the presence of iodine or an iodide salt such as copper iodide, sodium iodide, potassium iodide, tetrabutylammonium iodide or the like, to afford compounds 9-1.
  • iodine or an iodide salt such as copper iodide, sodium iodide, potassium iodide, tetrabutylammonium iodide or the like
  • Compounds 9-2 can be converted to compounds 9-3 via Suzuki or Stille reaction by coupling with an appropriately substituted aryl boronic acid, aryl boronate ester or aryl triakyl tin in the presence of a palladium catalyst (see for example: Miyaua et al., Chem Rev. 95, 2457 and references cited therein).
  • Phenethyl substituted compounds 11-4 of the present invention can be prepared as described in scheme 11.
  • Intermediate 11-2 can be prepared by treating benzylamine 11-1 with a appropriately substituted phenyl acetic acid halide, phenyl acetic acid activated ester or phenyl acetic acid in the presence of a coupling reagent such as EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the like in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane and the like.
  • Amide 11-2 can be reduced with lithium aluminum hydride, borane or the like in ether, tetrahydrofuran or the like to afford 11-3.
  • Methyl r3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzvnr2-iodo-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyllcarbamate In a 250-mL flask equipped with a septum inlet, magnetic stirring bar, and condenser leading to a mercury bubbler was placed 9 g (0.019 mol) of methyl [2-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl][3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]carbamate in 90 mL CHC1 3 To this stirred solution was added 3.6 mL (0.027 mol) of isoamyl nitrite (tech. grade). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes under a nitrogen blanket.
  • Step A f3.5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll(2-bromo-5-fluorobenzyl)amine
  • 2-bromo-5-fluoro benzyl bromide 0.5 g, 1.86 mmol
  • 3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzylamine 0.45 g, 1.86 mmol
  • triethyl amine 0.39 ml, 2.80 mmol
  • Step B Methyl r3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll(2-bromo-5-fluorobenzyl)carbamate
  • a solution of [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl](2-bromo-5-fluorobenzyl)amine from Step A (0.14 g) in methylene chloride at room temperature
  • excess methyl chloroformate (0.1 ml) and triethyl amine (0.1 ml) were added.
  • the solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure.
  • the title compound was obtained by flash column chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1:9) as the eluant.
  • Step C Methyl r3,5-bisOrifluoromethyl)benzylir(4-fluoro-2'-methoxy-5'-methylbiphenyl- 2-vDmethyllcarbamate
  • Step C [3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyn(2-bromo-5-nitrobenzyl)amine
  • 2-bromo-5-nitrobenzyl methanesulfonate from Step B (0.42 g, 1.35 mmol) and 3,5-bis- trifluoromethyl benzylamine (0.33 g, 1.35 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) at 0 °C
  • potassium carbonate (0.37 g, 2.69 mmol) was added.
  • the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 2h.
  • Water (50 ml) was added.
  • the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 40 ml).
  • the combined organic layers were washed with brine, and dried over sodium sulfate.
  • the title compound was obtained by flash column chromatography using 2:8 EtOAc/hexane as the eluant. ⁇
  • Step D Methyl r3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll(2-bromo-5-nitrobenzyl)carbamate
  • Step E Methyl f3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzvnr(5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-nitrobiphenyl-2- vDmethyllcarbamate
  • n-amyl nitrite (0.11 ml, 0.84 mmol)
  • iodine (0.28 g, 1.1 mmol
  • Methyl r3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzvnr(4-chloro-5'-formyl-2'-methoxybiphenyl-2-yl)methyllcarbamate The title compound was prepared followed the procedures from Example 8, Step A, B, C, D, and E starting from methyl 2-bromo-5-chlorobenzoate and using 2-methoxy-5-formylphenyl boronic acid for Step E.
  • Each tube was degassed with nitrogen for 1 minute, sealed, and placed in a microwave reactor. The wattage was set for 200 W until the temperature reached 150°C and then the temperature was held at 150°C for ten minutes. The tubes were then cooled to room temperature, combined, poured into H 2 0 (50 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (50 mL), dried over Na 2 S0 4 , filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 15% CH 2 C. 2 /hexanes afforded 5'-isopropyl- 2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-carbonitrile as a light yellow oil.
  • Step A r3-Amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyllmethanol
  • Step A [3-Bromo-5-(trifluoromethyl)-phenyllmethanol [3-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methanol (900 mg, 4.71 mmol) (Step A, Example 24) was suspended in CHBr 3 (9 mL), and t-butyl nitrite (600 ⁇ L, 5.04 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was heated slowly to 80°C and was maintained at this temperature for 10 minutes.
  • Step A l-Iodo-3-methoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzene
  • Step C 3-Methoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehvde A mixture of 3-methoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile (88 mg, 0.43 mmol) and Pt0 2 (9.8 mg, 0.043 mmol) in 88% formic acid (651 ⁇ L) was heated to 60°C. The reaction was stirred at this temperature for thirty minutes.
  • Chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (32 ⁇ L, 0.367 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stirred at -78 °C for 15 minutes, and then at 0 °C for 20 minutes. The reaction was then poured into H 2 0 (15 mL) and saturated NaHC0 3 (15 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 (2 x 25 mL). The organic extracts were dried over Na 2 S0 4 , filtered, and concentrated.
  • Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (3.5 mg, 0.003 mmol) was added and the solution was degassed with nitrogen again for 2 minutes. The solution was sealed and placed in a microwave reactor. The wattage was set for 60 W until the temperature reached 150°C and then the temperature was held at 150°C for twenty minutes. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature, poured into H 2 0 (10 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (10 mL), dried over Na 2 S0 4 , filtered, and concentrated.
  • Example 40 was dissolved in THF (1 mL) and was added via cannula to the reaction which was then slowly warmed to room temperature. After fifteen minutes at room temperature, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), and poured into NaHC0 3 (10 mL). The organic extract was washed with brine (10 mL), dried over Na 2 S0 4 , filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 5% to 25% EtOAc/hexanes afforded methyl ⁇ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-( trifluoromethyl)bipheny 1-2- yl]methyl ⁇ [3-(trifluoromethyl)-5-vinylbenzyl]carbamate.
  • Step A 2-[3.5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyll-/V-U5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yllmethyl) acetamide
  • Step B ⁇ 2-f 3,5-Bis(trifluoromethvnphenv ⁇ ethyl ⁇ 1 [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethyl ⁇ amine
  • Step C Methylf 2-r3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyllethv ⁇ ( [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-vHmethyl lcarbamate
  • Example 49 (85 mg, 0.18 mmol) was dissolved in 80% aqueous formic acid (5 mL) and platinum oxide (80% hydrate, 4.0 mg, 0.018 mmol) was added in one portion. The reaction was heated at 60 °C for 16 h and the platinum removed by filtration. H 2 0 (15 mL) was added and the mixture extracted with diethyl ether (4 x 30 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with H 2 0 and brine (10 mL each), dried over Na 2 S0 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step A /v ' -[2-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyll-/V-[3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll-acetamide
  • [2-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl][3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl] amine (Example 3) (270 mg, 0.65 mmol) in methylene chloride at 0 °C
  • acetic anhydride 0.061 mL, 0.65 mmol
  • triethylamine were added (0.018 mL, 0.13 mmol). The solution was stirred for 0.5 hours at 0 °C.
  • Step B /V-r3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll-/V-[2-iodo-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyll acetamide
  • n-amyl nitrite 0.025 mL, 0.191 mmol
  • iodine 65 mg, 0.254 mmol
  • This solution was stirred at 70 °C for 1 hour.
  • the organic solution was washed with saturated sodium thiosulfate and brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated.
  • Step C /V-13.5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzvn-V- ⁇ 15'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yll methyl [acetamide
  • Diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (0.024 mL, 0.179 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of methyl [3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl] ⁇ [5'-formyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl ⁇ carbamate (Example 73, 53 mg, 0.089 mmol) in anhydrous methylene chloride at 0 °C. The reaction was gradually warmed to room temperature until the reaction was complete. At this time, the reaction was re-cooled to 0 °C, and water was added.
  • Methylmagnesium bromide (0.59 mL, 0.83 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of methyl [3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl] ⁇ [5'-formyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl ⁇ carbamate (Example 73, 289 mg, 0.49 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran at 0 °C. The solution was allowed to warm to room temperature. Once the reaction was complete, saturated ammonium chloride solution was added to quench the reaction. The mixture was extracted with methylene chloride, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated.
  • Step A Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyH ⁇ [2'-methoxy-5'-(trifluoroacetyl)-4-
  • Step B Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll ⁇ [2'-methoxy-5'-(pentafluoroethyl)-4-
  • Step A Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll( ⁇ 2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)-5'-[l-
  • Methanesulfonyl chloride was added to the title compound from Example 143, Step A (45 mg, 0.068 mmol) in methylene chloride at 0 °C. The solution was stirred at the same temperature until starting material was consumed. The solution was washed with water, then brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The product was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography using 15% EtOAc/hexane.
  • Step B The title compound from Step A (10 mg, 0.017 mmol) was hydrogenated at 1 atm in methanol using Pd/C as the catalyst. The solution was filtered through Celite then concentrated. The title compound was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography using 1:4 EtOAc:hexane.
  • Step B 2-(5-Ethyl-2-methoxyphenylV4,4,5.5-tetramethyl-l,3.2-dioxaborolane
  • the reaction was stirred at 80 °C for 4 h then cooled to room temperature. After filtration to remove insoluble material, the solution was diluted in ethyl acetate, washed with water then brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The title compound was obtained by flash chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane.
  • Step C Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzv ⁇ ⁇ [5'-ethyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yll methyl ⁇ carbamate

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
  • Other In-Based Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)
  • Indole Compounds (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Compounds Containing Sulfur Atoms (AREA)
  • Furan Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Quinoline Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Compounds of Formula (I), including pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds, are CETP inhibitors, and are useful for raising HDL-cholesterol, reducing LDL-cholesterol, and for treating or preventing atherosclerosis. In the compounds of Formula 1, A1 and A2 are each an aromatic ring, a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring fused to a heterocyclic ring, a phenyl ring fused to a heterocyclic ring, or a cycloalkyl ring.

Description

TITLE OF THE INVENTION CETP INHIBITORS
FIELD OF THE INVENTION This invention relates to a class of chemical compounds that inhibit cholesterol ester transfer protein (CETP) and therefore may have utility in the treatment and prevention of atherosclerosis.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Atherosclerosis and its clinical consequences, coronary heart disease (CHD), stroke and peripheral vascular disease, represent a truly enormous burden to the health care systems of the industrialized world. In the United States alone, approximately 13 million patients have been diagnosed with CHD, and greater than one half million deaths are attributed to CHD each year. Further, this toll is expected to grow over the next quarter century as an epidemic in obesity and diabetes continues to grow. It has long been recognized that in mammals, variations in circulating lipoprotein profiles correlate with the risk of atherosclerosis and CHD. The clinical success of HMG-CoA Reductase inhibitors, especially the statins, in reducing coronary events is based on the reduction of circulating Low Density Lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C), levels of which correlate directly with increased risk for atherosclerosis. More recently, epidemiologic studies have demonstrated an inverse relationship between High Density Lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C) levels and atherosclerosis, leading to the conclusion that low serum HDL-C .levels are associated with an increased risk for CHD. Metabolic control of lipoprotein levels is a complex and dynamic process involving many factors. One important metabolic control in man is the cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP), a plasma glycoprotein that catalyzes the movement of cholesteryl esters from HDL to the apoB containing lipoproteins, especially VLDL (see Hesler, C.B., et. al. (1987) Purification and characterization of human plasma cholesteryl ester transfer protein. J. Biol. Chem. 262(5), 2275-2282)). Under physiological conditions, the net reaction is a heteroexchange in which CETP carries triglyceride to HDL from the apoB lipoproteins and transports cholesterol ester from HDL to the apoB lipoprotein. In humans, CETP plays a role in reverse cholesterol transport, the process whereby cholesterol is returned to the liver from peripheral tissues. Intriguingly, many animals do not possess CETP, including animals that have high HDL levels and are known to be resistant to coronary heart disease, such as rodents (see Guyard-Dangremont, V., et. al., (1998) Phospholipid and cholesteryl ester transfer activities in plasma from 4 vertebrate species. Relation to atherogenesis susceptibility, Comp. Biochem. Physiol. B Biochem. Mol. Biol. 120(3), 517-525). Numerous epidemiologic studies correlating the effects of natural variation in CETP activity with respect to coronary heart disease risk have been performed, including studies on a small number of known human null mutations (see Hirano, K.-L, Yamashita, S. and Matsuzawa, Y. (2000) Pros and cons of inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein, Curr. Opin. Lipidol. 11(6), 589-596). These studies have clearly demonstrated an inverse correlation between plasma HDL-C concentration and CETP activity (see Inazu, A., et. al. (2000) Cholesteryl ester transfer protein and atherosclerosis, Curr. Opin. Lipidol. 11(4), 389-396), leading to the hypothesis that pharmacologic inhibition of CETP lipid transfer activity may be beneficial to humans by increasing levels of HDL-C while lowering those of LDL. Despite the significant therapeutic advance that statins such as simvastatin (ZOCOR®) represent, statins only achieve a risk reduction of approximately one-third in the treatment and prevention of atherosclerosis and ensuing atherosclerotic disease events. Currently, few pharmacologic therapies are available that favorably raise circulating levels of HDL-C. Certain statins and some fibrates offer modest HDL-C gains. Niacin, which provides the most effective therapy for raising HDL-C that has been clinically documented, suffers from patient compliance issues, due in part to side effects such as flushing. An agent that safely and effectively raises HDL cholesterol levels can answer a significant, but as yet unmet medical need by offering a means of pharmacologic therapy that can significantly improve circulating lipid profiles through a mechanism that is complementary to existing therapies. New classes of chemical compounds that inhibit CETP are being investigated at several pharmaceutical companies. No CETP inhibitors are currently being marketed. One CETP inhibitor, torcetrapib, is currently in clinical trials, and is being developed for use in combination with atorvastatin. It is not currently being developed as a drug for monotherapy. New compounds are needed so that additional pharmaceutical compounds can be found that are safe and effective, either alone or in combination with other drugs that are used for treatment of lipid disorders. The compounds described herein are very potent CETP inhibitors and may be suitable for use in monotherapy and/or combination therapy.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Compounds having Formula I, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds, are CETP inhibitors, having the utilities described below:
Figure imgf000004_0001
I
In the compounds of Formula 1 : Al is selected from the group consisting of: (a) an aromatic ring selected from phenyl and naphthyl; (b) a phenyl ring fused to a 5-7 membered non-aromatic cycloalkyl ring, which optionally comprises 1-2 double bonds; (c) a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, and optionally also comprising 1-3 double bonds and a carbonyl group or -N(O)- group, wherein the point of attachment of A 1 to the attached phenyl ring is a carbon atom; and (d) a benzoheterocyclic ring comprising a phenyl ring fused to a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, and S, and optionally 1-2 double bonds, wherein the point of attachment of Al to the attached phenyl ring is a carbon atom; A2 is selected from the group consisting of: (a) an aromatic ring selected from phenyl and naphthyl; (b) a phenyl ring fused to a 5-7 membered non-aromatic cycloalkyl ring, which optionally comprises 1-2 double bonds; (c) a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, and optionally also comprising 1-3 double bonds and a carbonyl group or -N(O)- group; (d) a benzoheterocyclic ring comprising a phenyl ring fused to a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, and S, and optionally 1-2 double bonds; and (e) a -C3-C8 cycloalkyl ring optionally having 1-3 double bonds; wherein Al and A2 are each optionally substituted with 1-5 substituent groups independently selected from R ; Each Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of -Ci-C alkyl, -C2-C6 alkenyl, -C2-C6 alkynyl, -C3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally having 1-3 double bonds, -OCi -Cβalkyl, -OC2-C6 alkenyl, -OC2-C6 alkynyl, -OC3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally having 1-3 double bonds, -C(=0)Cι-C6alkyl, -C(=0)θ3-C8 cycloalkyl, -C(=0)H, -CO2H, -Cθ2Cι-C6alkyl, -C(=0)SCι -C6alkyl, -NRIORI I, - C(=0)NRlθRll, -NRlOC(=0)OCι-C6 alkyl, -NR10C(=O)NR10R11, -S(0)xCι-C6 alkyl, -S(0)yNRlθRl l, -NRl0s(O)yNRl0Rl l, halogen, -CN, -NO2, and a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, said heterocyclic ring optionally also comprising a carbonyl group and optionally also comprising 1-3 double bonds, wherein for compounds in which Ra is selected from the group consisting of a heterocyclic ring, -C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -OC3-C8 cycloalkyl, and -C(=0)C3-C8 cycloalkyl, the heterocyclic ring and -C3-C8 cycloalkyl groups of Ra are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituent groups independently selected from halogen, -C1-C3 alkyl, and -OC1-C3 alkyl, wherein -C1-C3 alkyl, and -OC1-C3 alkyl are optionally substituted with 1-7 halogens, wherein for compounds in which Ra is selected from the group consisting of -Ci-C alkyl, -C2-C6 alkenyl, -C2-C6 alkynyl, -O -Cόalkyl, -OC2-C6 alkenyl, -OC2-C6 alkynyl, -C(=0)Cι- C6alkyl, -Cθ2Cι-C6alkyl, -C(=0)SCi-C6alkyl, -NRl0c(=O)OCι-C6 alkyl, and -S(0)xCι -C6 alkyl, the alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups of Ra are optionally substituted with 1-15 halogens and are optionally also substituted with 1-3 substituent groups independently selected from (a) -OH, (b) -CN, (c) -NRIORI I, (d) -C3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally having 1-3 double bonds and optionally substituted with 1- 15 halogens, (e) -OCι-C4alkyl optionally substituted with 1-9 halogens and optionally also substituted with 1-2 substituent groups independently selected from -OCι-C2 alkyl, (f) -OC3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally having 1-3 double bonds and optionally substituted with 1-15 halogens, (g) -CO2H, (h) -C(=0)CH3, and (i) -Cθ2Cι-C4alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-9 halogens; n is an integer selected from 0 and 1; p is an integer from 0-4; x is an integer selected from 0, 1, and 2; y is an integer selected from 1 and 2; Z is selected from the group consisting of -S(0)xCι-C6 alkyl, -S(0)2NR17R18? -C(=S)OCι-C6alkyl, and -C(=0)X, wherein X is selected from the group consisting of H, -Ci-Cβ alkyl, - OC1 -C6 alkyl, -SCi-C alkyl, and -NRlO RU; wherein -C1-C6 alkyl in all instances is optionally substituted with 1-13 halogens and 1-2 substituents independently selected from -OCι-C3alkyl, -CN, and -NO2, wherein -OCι -C3alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-7 halogens and is optionally also substituted with 1-2 -OC1-C2 alkyl;
Rl, Rl2, Rl3t Rl4t R15, and Rl6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogen, -C1 -C4 alkyl, -C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -OC1-C4 alkyl, and -NRIORI 1, wherein -C1-C4 alkyl, -C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and -OC1-C4 alkyl are each optionally substituted with 1-9 halogens and are each optionally also substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from -OH, -C(=0)CH3, -OC(=0)CH3, -OC1-C2 alkyl, and -OC1-C2 alkylene(OCι-C2alkyl); RlO and Rl 1 are each independently selected from H, -C1-C5 alkyl, -C(=0)Cι-C5 alkyl and -S(0)yCι -C5 alkyl, wherein -C1-C5 alkyl in all instances is optionally substituted with 1-11 halogens; and
Rl7 and Rl8 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, -C1-C5 alkyl, and -C3-C7 cycloalkyl, wherein - -C5 alkyl, and -C3-C7 cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with 1-13 halogens.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION A subgroup of the compounds of this invention has the structure of Formula la, written below, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure imgf000007_0001
la
In the compounds of Formula la: Al is selected from the group consisting of: (a) an aromatic ring selected from phenyl and naphthyl; (b) a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, and optionally also comprising 1-3 double bonds and a carbonyl group or -N(O)- group, wherein the point of attachment of A to the attached phenyl ring is a carbon atom; and (c) a bicyclic ring comprising a phenyl ring fused to a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, and S, and optionally 1-2 double bonds, wherein the point of attachment of Al to the attached phenyl ring is a carbon atom; wherein Al is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituent groups independently selected from -C1-C5 alkyl, -OCι-C3alkyl, -CO2C1-C3 alkyl, -CO2H, halogen, -NRI RI 1, -C(=0)Cι-C3alkyl, -C(=0)H, -C(=0)NRlθRl l, -SC1-C3 alkyl, -C2-C3 alkenyl, -CN, -NO2, -C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and a 5-6- membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, and optionally also comprising 1-3 double bonds, wherein -C1-C3 alkyl and -C1-C5 alkyl in all occurrences are optionally substituted with 1-6 substituents independently selected from 1-5 halogens and one -OH group; and -C3-C6 cycloalkyl and the 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring are optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from halogen and -C1-C3 alkyl; and -C2-C3 alkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens;
A2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, -C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and a heterocyclic 5-6 membered ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, and S, and optionally also comprising 1-3 double bonds and a carbonyl group or -N(O)- group, wherein A is optionally substituted with 1-2 substituent groups independently selected from -C1-C4 alkyl, -OC1-C3 alkyl, -C(=0)Cι-C3alkyl, -C(=0)H, -NO2, -CN, -S(0)xCι -C3 alkyl, -NHS(0)2Cι-C3 alkyl, -NRIORI I ,
Figure imgf000008_0001
1 , halogen, -C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, and optionally also comprising 1-3 double bonds, wherein Ci -C3 alkyl, C1-C4 alkyl, and C2-C3alkenyl in all instances are optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens, and -C3-C6 cycloalkyl and the 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring are optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from halogen and -C1-C3 alkyl; x is an integer selected from 0, 1, and 2; n is an integer selected from 0 and 1 ;
Rl is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, C1-C3 alkyl, and -OC1 -C3 alkyl, wherein C1-C3 alkyl and -OC1-C3 alkyl are each optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens and also are optionally substituted with one -OCι -C2alkyl; R2 and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen,
-NRIORI I , -C1-C3 alkyl, -OC1-C3 alkyl, -C2-C3 alkenyl, -C3-C6 cycloalkyl optionally having a double bond, -OC3-C6 cycloalkyl optionally having a double bond, -C(=0)Cι-C3alkyl, -C(=0)C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -C(=0)H, -CO2H, -Cθ2Cι-C3alkyl, -C(=O)NR10R11, -CN, -NO2, and a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, and optionally 1-3 double bond, wherein C1 -C3 alkyl and -C2-C3 alkenyl in all instances are optionally substituted with 1-5 halogens, and -C3-C6 cycloalkyl and the 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring are in all occurrences optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from halogen, -Ci -C3 alkyl, -OC1-C3 alkyl, -CF3, and -OCF3; and RlO and Rl 1 are each independently selected from H and -C1-C3 alkyl.
In a subgroup of Formula la,
R2 and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -NRlORl 1, -C1-C3 alkyl, -OC1 -C3 alkyl, -CN, -NO2, and pyridyl, wherein C1-C3 alkyl in all instances is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens.
A subgroup of Formula la has Formula lb: )n
Figure imgf000009_0001
CHR1 lb
where the definitions of the groups are as defined previously.
In subgroups of compounds having Formula la and Formula lb, R2 is selected from H, halogen, -NRIORI I, -C1-C3 alkyl, -OC1-C3 alkyl, -CN, -NO2, and pyridyl, wherein C1-C3 alkyl in all instances is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens; and
R3 is selected from H, halogen, -CH3, -CF3, -OCH3, and -OCF3. In subgroups of Formula I, la, and lb, Rl is H, halogen, or C1-C3 alkyl, wherein Cι _C3 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens.
In subgroups of Formula I, la, and lb, Al may be phenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, benzofuranyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, indolyl, dihydroindolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, or oxadiazolyl.
In subgroups of Formula I, la, and lb, A may be phenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, 1- oxidopyridinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, benzofuranyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, indolyl, dihydroindolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl.
In subgroups of Formula I, la, and lb, A2 may be phenyl, pyridyl, thienyl, 1- oxidopyridinyl, or cyclohexyl.
In subgroups of Formula I, la and lb, Al may be one of the following: 2-thienyl, 3- thienyl, 2-furyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 3-quinolyl, 5-quinolyl, 6-quinolyl, 8-quinolyl, 4- isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 5-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl), or 5-indolyl, where Al is optionally substituted with 1-2 substituent groups independently selected from -CH3, - OCH3, acetyl, and halogen. In subgroups of Formula I, la and lb, A2 may be one of the following: 2-pyridyl, 3- pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, l-oxidopyridin-3-yl, and cyclohexyl, where A2 is optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents which are independently selected from -CH3, -OCH3, acetyl, and halogen. In subgroups of Formula I, la, and lb, Z is selected from the group consisting of
-C(=0)Cι-C3 alkyl, -C(=0)OCι -C3 alkyl, -S(0)yCι-C3 alkyl, -C(=0)H, -C(O)NR10R1 1, -C(=0)SCI-
C3 alkyl, and -C(=S)OCι -C3 alkyl.
A subgroup of the compounds of this invention has Formula II:
Figure imgf000010_0001
In the compounds of Formula 13, R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -NRIORI I , -OC1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkyl, -CN, -NO2, and 3-pyridyl, wherein C1-C3 alkyl in all occurrences is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens; R is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -C1-C3 alkyl, -OC1 -C2 alkyl, -SC1 -C2 alkyl and -CN, wherein -C1-C3 alkyl, -SC1-C2 alkyl, and -OC1-C2 alkyl are optionally substituted with 1-3 F; R and R6 are each independently H, halogen, -CH3 or -OCH3, wherein -CH3 and
-OCH3 are optionally substituted with 1-3 F;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, -Cι-C5alkyl, -OC1 -C3 alkyl, -C2-C3 alkenyl, halogen, -CN, -CO2H, -CO2C1-C3 alkyl, -SC1-C3 alkyl, -C(=O)NR10R1 1, -C(=0)H, -C(=0)Ci-C3 alkyl, and 5-(l,2,4-oxadiazolyl), wherein -C1-C3 alkyl and -C1-C5 alkyl in all occurrences is optionally substituted with 1-6 substituent groups independently selected from 1-5 halogens and one -OH, and -C2-C3 alkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens;
R°> and R9 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, -C1 -C3 alkyl, halogen, -S(0)xCι-C3 alkyl, -NRIORI 1, -OCι-C3alkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)NR10R11,
-NHC(=0)Cι-C3 alkyl, -NHS(0)2Cι-C3 alkyl, CO2H, Cθ2Ci-3alkyl, and pyridyl, wherein C1 -C3 alkyl in all occurrences is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens, and C2-C3 alkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens; and RlO and RU are each H or C1-C3 alkyl.
In subgroups of Formula la, lb, and II, Rl is H or CH3.
In subgroups of Formula la, lb, and II, R2 is H, -CF3, -OCH3, -NO2, -CN, halogen, -NH2 or 3-pyridyl.
In subgroups of Formula la, lb, and II, R2 is a group other than H.
In subgroups of Formula II, R4 is selected from H, halogen, -CH3, -C2H5, -OCH3, -OC2H5, -SCH3, and -CN.
In subgroups of Formula II, R is H or F.
In subgroups of Formula π, R6 is H, F, -CH3, or -OCH3. In subgroups of Formula II, R7 is selected from H, Cι-C4alkyl, -C(=0)H, -C(=0)CH3, -CH=CH2, -CN, CI, F, -CO2H, -Cθ2Cι-C3alkyl, -OCH3, -SCH3, -C(=O)NR10R11, C3-C6cycloalkyl and 3-methyl-5-(l,2,4-oxadiazolyl), wherein Cι-C4alkyl and C3-C6cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with 1-6 substituents which are independently selected from 1-5 F and one -OH. In subgroups of Formula π, R°> and R9 each are independently selected from H, Cι-C2alkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 F; halogen; -CN; -NO2; -S(0)XCH3, which is optionally substituted with 1-3F; -OCH3, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 F; -CH=CH2; -C(=0)H; -C(=0)NRlθRl l; -CO2H; -NRIORI I ; -Cθ2Cι-C3alkyl;-NHC(=0)CH3; -NHS(0)2CH3; and 4-pyridyl, wherein x is 0, 1, or 2.
In subgroups of Formula I, la, lb, and II, RlO and Rl 1 are each H or -CH3.
In subgroups of Formula I, la, lb, and II, n is 0. In subgroups of Formula I, la, lb, and II, n is 1.
In subgroups of Formula π, R4 is -OCH3.
In subgroups of Formula π, R? is -CH(CH3)2; -CH(OH)CH3; -CH(OH)CF3; -CH(CH3)CF3; -C(OH)(CH3)CF3; -CH3, which is optionally substituted with -OH or 1-3 F; -C2H5, which is optionally substituted with 1-5 F; n-C3H7; tert-C4Ho; -C(=0)H, -C(=0)CH3, -CH=CH2, -CN, CI, F, -CO2H, -CO2CH3; -OCH3; -SCH3; -C(=0)NRlθRl l; 3-methyl-5-(l,2,4-oxadiazolyl), or C3- Cόcycloalkyl.
In subgroups of Formula II, R and R6 are H.
In subgroups of Formula II, R8 and R9 are each independently selected from H, -CH3, -C2H5, -NO2, -OCH3, -CN, -NO2, halogen, S(0)XCH3, -C(=O)NR10R11 , and -CH=CH2, where -CH3 and -OCH3 are each independently substituted with 1-3 F. In subgroups of Formula II, R8 is -CF3, -NO2, CI, -CH3, -OCF3, or -OCF2H; and R9 is
H, -CF3, -CN, -NO2, halogen, -CH3, -C2H5, -OCH3, -S(0)XCH3, -CF2H, -C(=O)NR10R11 , or -CH=CH2- In subgroups of Formula II, at least one of R4 and R7 is a substituent group other than H. In subgroups of Formula II, both of R4 and R7 are substituent groups other than H.
In subgroups of Formula I, la, lb, and II, Z is selected from -S(0)2CH3 and -C(=0)X, where X is selected from H, -OC1-C3 alkyl, -CH3, and -NRlO R11.
Specific examples of the compounds of this invention are provided in the examples and are summarized in Table 1 below and Tables 2-5 in the examples. The specific embodiments include the compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds.
Table 1
Example Structure
Ex. 6 Ex. 7
Figure imgf000013_0001
Ex. 8 Ex. 9
Figure imgf000014_0001
Ex. 10 Ex. 11
Figure imgf000014_0002
Ex. 12 Ex. 13
Figure imgf000014_0003
Figure imgf000015_0001
Figure imgf000016_0001
Figure imgf000017_0001
Figure imgf000018_0001
Figure imgf000019_0001
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000021_0001
Definitions "Ac" is acetyl, which is CH3C(=0)- "Alkyl" means saturated carbon chains which may be linear or branched or combinations thereof, unless the carbon chain is defined otherwise. Other groups having the prefix "alk", such as alkoxy and alkanoyl, also may be linear or branched or combinations thereof, unless the carbon chain is defined otherwise. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec- and tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, and the like. "Alkylene" groups are alkyl groups that are difunctional rather than monofunctional. For example, methyl is an alkyl group and methylene (-CH2-) is the corresponding alkylene group. "Alkenyl" means carbon chains which contain at least one carbon-carbon double bond, and which may be linear or branched or combinations thereof. Examples of alkenyl include vinyl, allyl, isopropenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-butenyl, 2-methyl-2-butenyl, and the like. "Alkynyl" means carbon chains which contain at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and which may be linear or branched or combinations thereof. Examples of alkynyl include ethynyl, propargyl, 3-methyl-l-pentynyl, 2-heptynyl and the like. "Cycloalkyl" means a saturated carbocyclic ring having from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, unless otherwise stated. The term also includes a cycloalkyl ring fused to an aryl group. Examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and the like. "Cycloalkenyl" means a non-aromatic carbocyclic ring having one or more double binds. "Aryl" (and "arylene") when used to describe a substituent or group in a structure means a monocyclic or bicyclic compound in which the rings are aromatic and which contains only carbon ring atoms. The term "aryl" can also refer to an aryl group that is fused to a cycloalkyl or heterocycle. Preferred "aryls" are phenyl and naphthyl. Phenyl is generally the most preferred aryl group. "Heterocyclyl," "heterocycle," and "heterocyclic" means a fully or partially saturated or aromatic 5-6 membered ring containing 1-4 heteroatoms in the ring independently selected from N, S and O, unless otherwise stated. The heterocyclic ring may also be defined to include an optional carbonyl group or -N(0)-group as part of the ring structure. An example of the latter is pyridine N-oxide. "Benzoheterocycle" represents a phenyl ring fused to a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms, each of which is O, N, or S, where the heterocyclic ring may be saturated or unsaturated (i.e. the heterocyclic ring may have 1-2 double bonds in addition to the double bond of the phenyl ring). Examples include indole, 2,3-dihydroindole, benzofuran, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran, quinoline, and isoquinoline. When the fused heterocycle is aromatic, the benzoheterocycle may also be referred to as benzoheteroaromatic or benzheteroaryl. "Halogen" includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. Halogen substitutents are most often fluorine or chlorine. "Me" represents methyl. The term "composition," as in pharmaceutical composition, is intended to encompass a product comprising the active ingredient(s), and the inert ingredient(s) that make up the carrier, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination, complexation or aggregation of any two or more of the ingredients, or from dissociation of one or more of the ingredients, or from other types of reactions or interactions of one or more of the ingredients. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention encompass any composition made by admixing a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The substituent "tetrazole" means a 2H-tetrazol-5-yl substituent group and tautomers thereof.
Optical Isomers - Diastereomers - Geometric Isomers - Tautomers Compounds of Formula I may contain one or more asymmetric centers and can thus occur as racemates, racemic mixtures, single enantiomers, diastereomeric mixtures and individual diastereomers. The present invention is meant to comprehend all such isomeric forms of the compounds of Formula I. Some of the compounds described herein may contain olefinic double bonds, and unless specified otherwise, are meant to include both E and Z geometric isomers. Some of the compounds described herein may exist as tautomers. An example is a ketone and its enol form, known as keto-enol tautomers. The individual tautomers as well as mixtures thereof are encompassed with compounds of Formula I. Compounds of the Formula I having one or more asymmetric centers may be separated into diastereoisomers, enantiomers, and the like by methods well known in the art. Alternatively, enantiomers and other compounds with chiral centers may be synthesized by stereospecific synthesis using optically pure starting materials and/or reagents of known configuration. Some of the crystalline forms of compounds of the present invention may exist as polymorphs, and as such are intended to be included in the present invention. In addition, some of the compounds of the instant invention may form solvates with water or common organic solvents. Such solvates and hydrates are likewise encompassed within the scope of this invention. Some of the biphenyl and biaryl compounds herein are observed as mixtures of atropisomers (rotamers) in the NMR spectra. The individual atropisomers as well as the mixtures are encompassed with the compounds of this invention. Salts The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases or acids including inorganic or organic bases and inorganic or organic acids. Salts derived from inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic salts, manganous, potassium, sodium, zinc, and the like. Particularly preferred are the ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium, and sodium salts. Salts in the solid form may exist in more than one crystal structure, and may also be in the form of hydrates. Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, and basic ion exchange resins, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N,N - dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethyl-morpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine, and the like. When the compound of the present invention is basic, salts may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic and organic acids. Such acids include acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and the like.
Particularly preferred are citric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, maleic, phosphoric, sulfuric, and tartaric acids. It will be understood that, as used herein, references to the compounds of Formula I are meant to also include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
Metabolites - Prodrugs Therapeutically active metabolites, where the metabolites themselves fall within the scope of the claimed invention, are also compounds of the current invention. Prodrugs, which are compounds that are converted to the claimed compounds as they are being administered to a patient or after they have been administered to a patient, are also compounds of this invention.
Prodrugs which yield compounds of Formula I in vivo in which Z is -CO2H are also compounds of this invention. Compounds of Formula I in which Z is -CO2H are generally unstable to make and use in pharmaceutical compositions. Utilities Compounds of the current invention are potent inhibitors of CETP. They are therefore useful in treating diseases and conditions that are treated by inhibitors of CETP. One aspect of the present invention provides a method for treating or reducing the risk of developing a disease or condition that may be treated or prevented by inhibition of CETP by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of this invention to a patient in need of treatment. A patient is a human or mammal, and is most often a human. A "therapeutically effective amount" is the amount.of compound that is effective in obtaining a desired clinical outcome in the treatment of a specific disease. Diseases or conditions that may be treated with compounds of this invention, and diseases which the patient may have a reduced risk of developing as a result of being treated with the compounds of this invention, include: atherosclerosis, peripheral vascular disease, dyslipidemia, hyperbetalipoproteinemia, hypoalphalipoproteinemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, familial-hypercholesterolemia, cardiovascular disorders, angina, ischemia, cardiac ischemia, stroke, myocardial infarction, reperfusion injury, angioplastic restenosis, hypertension, vascular complications of diabetes, obesity and endotoxemia. The compounds of this invention are expected to be particularly effective in raising HDL-C and/or increasing the ratio of HDL-C to LDL-C. These changes in HDL-C and LDL-C may be beneficial in treating atherosclerosis, reducing or reversing the development of atherosclerosis, reducing the risk of developing atherosclerosis, or preventing atherosclerosis.
Administration and Dose Ranges Any suitable route of administration may be employed for providing a mammal, especially a human, with an effective dose of a compound of the present invention. For example, oral, rectal, topical, parenteral, ocular, pulmonary, nasal, and the like may be employed. Dosage forms include tablets, troches, dispersions, suspensions, solutions, capsules, creams, ointments, aerosols, and the like. Preferably compounds of Formula I are administered orally. The effective dosage of active ingredient employed may vary depending on the particular compound employed, the mode of administration, the condition being treated and the severity of the condition being treated. Such dosage may be ascertained readily by a person skilled in the art. When treating the diseases for which compounds of Formula I are indicated, generally satisfactory results are obtained when the compounds of the present invention are administered at a daily dosage of from about 0.01 milligram to about 100 milligram per kilogram of animal or human body weight, preferably given as a single daily dose or in divided doses two to six times a day, or in sustained release form. In the case of a 70 kg adult human, the total daily dose will generally be from about 0.5 milligram to about 500 milligrams. For a particularly potent compound, the dosage for an adult human may be as low as 0.1 mg. The dosage regimen may be adjusted within this range or even outside of this range to provide the optimal therapeutic response. Oral administration will usually be carried out using tablets. Examples of doses in tablets are 0.5 mg, 1 mg, 2 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 250 mg, and 500 mg. Other oral forms can also have the same dosages (e.g. capsules).
Pharmaceutical Compositions Another aspect of the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions which comprise a compound of Formula I and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt as an active ingredient, as well as a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally other therapeutic ingredients. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases or acids including inorganic bases or acids and organic bases or acids. A pharmaceutical composition may also comprise a prodrug, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, if a prodrug is administered. Pharmaceutical compositions may also consist essentially of a compound of Formula I and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The compositions include compositions suitable for oral, rectal, topical, parenteral
(including subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous), ocular (ophthalmic), pulmonary (nasal or buccal inhalation), or nasal administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the nature and severity of the conditions being treated and on the nature of the active ingredient. They may be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well-known in the art of pharmacy. In practical use, the compounds of Formula I can be combined as the active ingredient in intimate admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques. The carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral (including intravenous). In preparing the compositions for oral dosage form, any of the usual pharmaceutical media may be employed, such as, for example, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like in the case of oral liquid preparations, such as, for example, suspensions, elixirs and solutions; or carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents and the like in the case of oral solid preparations such as, for example, powders, hard and soft capsules and tablets, with the solid oral preparations being preferred over the liquid preparations. Because of their ease of administration, tablets and capsules represent the most advantageous oral dosage unit form in which case solid pharmaceutical carriers are obviously employed. If desired, tablets may be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques. Such compositions and preparations should contain at least 0.1 percent of active compound. The percentage of active compound in these compositions may, of course, be varied and may conveniently be between about 2 percent to about 60 percent of the weight of the unit. The amount of active compound in such therapeutically useful compositions is such that an effective dosage will be obtained. The active compounds can also be administered intranasally as, for example, liquid drops or spray. The tablets, pills, capsules, and the like may also contain a binder such as gum tragacanth, acacia, corn starch or gelatin; excipients such as dicalcium phosphate; a disintegrating agent such as corn starch, potato starch, alginic acid; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate; and a sweetening agent such as sucrose, lactose or saccharin. When a dosage unit form is a capsule, it may contain, in addition to materials of the above type, a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil. Various other materials may be present as coatings or to modify the physical form of the dosage unit. For instance, tablets may be coated with shellac, sugar or both. A syrup or elixir may contain, in addition to the active ingredient, sucrose as a sweetening agent, methyl and propylparabens as preservatives, a dye and a flavoring such as cherry or orange flavor. Compounds of formula I may also be administered parenterally. Solutions or suspensions of these active compounds can be prepared in water suitably mixed with a surfactant such as hydroxypropylcellulose. Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols and mixtures thereof in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms. The pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. In all cases, the form must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (e.g. glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils.
Combination Therapy Compounds of the invention (e.g. Formula I) may be used in combination with other drugs that may also be useful in the treatment or amelioration of the diseases or conditions for which compounds of Formula I are useful. Such other drugs may be administered, by a route and in an amount commonly used therefor, contemporaneously or sequentially with a compound of Formula I. When a compound of Formula I is used contemporaneously with one or more other drugs, a pharmaceutical composition in unit dosage form containing such other drugs and the compound of Formula I is preferred. However, the combination therapy also includes therapies in which the compound of Formula I and one or more other drugs are administered on different schedules. When oral formulations are used, the drugs may be combined into a single combination tablet or other oral dosage form, or the drugs may be packaged together as separate tablets or other oral dosage forms. It is also contemplated that when used in combination with one or more other active ingredients, the compound of the present invention and the other active ingredients may be used in lower doses than when each is used singly. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include those that contain one or more other active ingredients, in addition to a compound of Formula I. Examples of other active ingredients that may be administered in combination with a compound of this invention (e.g. Formula I), and either administered separately or in the same pharmaceutical composition, include, but are not limited to, other compounds which improve a patient's lipid profile, such as (i) HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors, (which are generally statins, including lovastatin, simvastatin, rosuvastatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin, atorvastatin, rivastatin, itavastatin, ZD-4522 and other statins), (ii) bile acid sequestrants (cholestyramine, colestipol, and dialkylaminoalkyl derivatives of a cross-linked dextran), (iii) niacin and related compounds, such as nicotinyl alcohol, nicotinamide, and nicotinic acid or a salt thereof, (iv) PPARα agonists, such as gemfibrozil and fenofibric acid derivatives (fibrates), including clofibrate, fenofibrate and bezafibrate, (v) cholesterol absorption inhibitors, such as ezetimibe, (vi) acyl CoA: cholesterol acyltransferase (ACAT) inhibitors, such as avasimibe, (vii) phenolic anti-oxidants, such as probucol, and (viii) a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (MTP)/ApoB secretion inhibitor. Preferred classes of therapeutic compounds that can be used with the compounds of this invention for use in improving a patient's lipid profile (i.e. raising HDL-C and lowering LDL-C) include one or both of statins and cholesterol absorption inhibitors. Particularly preferred are combinations of compounds of this invention with simvastatin, ezetimibe, or both simvastatin and ezetimibe. Also preferred are combinations with atorvastatin, ezetimibe, or both compounds. Finally compounds of this invention can be used with compounds that are useful for treating other disease, such as diabetes and obesity, as well as other anti-atherosclerostic compounds. Examples of other active ingredients that may be administered in combination with a compound of this invention include, but are not limited to: (a) PPAR gamma agonists and partial agonists, including glitazones and non-glitazones (e.g. pioglitazone, englitazone, MCC-555, rosiglitazone, balaglitazone, netoglitazone, T-131, LY-300512, and LY-818; (b) biguanides such as metformin and phenformin; (c) protein tyrosine phosphatase-lB (PTP-1B) inhibitors, (d) dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DP-TV) inhibitors; (e) insulin or insulin mimetics; (f) sulfonylureas, such as tolbutamide and glipizide, or related materials; (g) α-glucosidase inhibitors (such as acarbose); (h) agents which improve a patient's lipid profile, as described previously; (i) PPARα/γ dual agonists, such as muraglitazar, tesaglitazar, farglitazar, and JT-501; (j) PPARδ agonists such as those disclosed in W097/28149; (k) antiobesity compounds, including 5-HT(serotonin) inhibitors, neuropeptide Y5
(NPY5) inhibitors, melanocortin 4 receptor (Mc4r) agonists, cannabinoid receptor 1 (CB-1) antagonists/inverse agonists, and β3 adrenergic receptor agonists; (1) ileal bile acid transporter inhibitors; (m) agents intended for use in inflammatory conditions such as aspirin, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, glucocorticoids, azulfidine, and cyclo-oxygenase 2 selective inhibitors, including etoricoxib and rofecoxib; (n) glucagon receptor antagonists; (o) GLP-1, (p) GIP-l, and (q) GLP-1 analogs, such as exendins, for example exenitide.
The combination therapies described above which use the compounds of this invention may also be useful in the treatment of the metabolic syndrome. According to one widely used definition, a patient having metabolic syndrome is characterized as having three or more symptoms selected from the following group of five symptoms: (1) abdominal obesity; (2) hypertriglyceridemia; (3) low high- density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL); (4) high blood pressure; and (5) elevated fasting glucose, which may be in the range characteristic of Type 2 diabetes if the patient is also diabetic. Each of these symptoms is defined clinically in the recently released Third Report of the National Cholesterol Education Program Expert Panel on Detection, Evaluation and Treatment of High Blood Cholesterol in Adults (Adult Treatment Panel III, or ATP III), National Institutes of Health, 2001, NH Publication No. 01-3670. Patients with metabolic syndrome have an increased risk of developing the macrovascular and microvascular complications that are listed above, including atherosclerosis and coronary heart disease. CETP ASSAY An in vitro continuous assay for determining IC50's to identify compounds that are CETP inhibitors was performed based on a modification of the method described by Epps et al. employing BODIPY®-CE as the cholesteryl ester lipid donor. See Epps et al.(1995) Method for measuring the activities of cholesteryl ester transfer protein (lipid transfer protein), Chem. Phys. Lipids. 11, 51-63. Particles used in the assay were created from the following sources: Synthetic donor
HDL particles containing DOPC (Dioleoyl Phosphatidyl Choline), BODIPY®-CE (Molecular Probes C- 3927), triolein (a triglyceride), and apoHDL were essentially created by probe sonication as described by Epps et al, but with the addition of a non-diffusable quencher molecule, dabcyl dicetylamide, in order to reduce background fluorescence. Dabcyl dicetylamide was made by heating dabcyl n-succinimide with dicetylamine in DMF at 95 °C overnight in the presence of diisopropylamine catalyst. Native lipoproteins from human blood were used as acceptor particles. Particles having a density less than 1.063 g/ml were collected by ultracentrifugation. These particles include VLDL, DDL, and LDL. Particle concentrations were expressed in terms of protein concentration as determined by BCA assay (Pierce, USA). Particles were stored at 4 °C until use. Assays were performed in Dynex Microfluor 2 U-bottom black 96-well plates (Cat#
7205). An assay cocktail containing CETP, IX CETP buffer (50 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA), and half the final concentration of acceptor particles was prepared, and 100 μL of the assay cocktail was added to each well of the plate. Test compounds in DMSO were added in a volume of 3 μL. The plate was mixed on a plate shaker and then incubated at 25 °C for 1 hour. A second assay cocktail containing donor particles, the remaining acceptor particles and IX CETP buffer was prepared. 47 μL of the second assay cocktail was added to the reaction wells to start the assay. Assays were performed at 25 °C in a final volume of 150 μL. Final concentrations of materials were: 5 ng/μL donor particles, 30 ng/μL acceptor particles (each expressed by protein content), IX CETP buffer, 0.8 nM recombinant human CETP (expressed in CHO cells and partially purified), and up to 2% DMSO when testing compounds. The assay was followed in a fluorescence plate reader (Molecular Devices Spectramax
GeminiXS) set for a 45 minute kinetic run at 25°C which read the samples every 45 sec at Ex = 480 nm, Em = 511 nm, with a cutoff filter at 495 nm, photomultiplier tube setting of medium, calibration on, and 6 reads/well. Data was evaluated by obtaining an initial rate, expressed in relative fluorescence units per second, for the pseudolinear portion of the curve, often 0-500 or 1000 sec. Comparison of the rates of samples with inhibitors to an uninhibited (DMSO only) positive control yielded a percent inhibition. A plot of percent inhibition vs. log of inhibitor concentration, fit to a Sigmoidal 4 parameter equation was used to calculate IC50.
EXAMPLES
The following examples are provided so that the invention will be more fully appreciated and understood. They should not be construed as limiting the invention in any way. The scope of the invention is defined by the appended claims. Examples 1-5, 15-18, 20, 21, 23-27, 49, and 50 are examples of synthetic intermediates. The remaining examples are compounds of the invention. Compounds of this invention have an IC50 value as measured using the assay described above of less than or equal to 50μM.
The following Schemes are provided to further teach how compounds that are not specifically disclosed herein can be synthesized by one of ordinary skill in the art. Starting materials are made using known procedures or as illustrated. Some starting materials may also be available for purchase.
SCHEME 1
Figure imgf000031_0001
Intermediates 1-2, 1-3 and 1-4 utilized in the present invention can be purchased or prepared as shown in Scheme 1. An appropriately substituted 2-haloaniline wherein Ra and p are as defined in the claims and where the halogen is preferably iodo or bromo is treated with CuCN in DMF at elevated temperature to afford the corresponding 2-cyanoaniline. Alternatively, the nitrile can be prepared by treatment of 1-1 with KCN and Cul in the presence of a palladium (II) salt or in the presence of certain copper or nickel complexes ( See: Smith, M. B. and March, J. "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 5th Ed., John Wiley and Sons, New York, pp. 867 (2001) and references therein). Iodides 1-3 are prepared by treatment of 1-2 with isoamylnitrite, n-pentylnitrite, t-butyl nitrite or the like in diiodomethane (see for example: Smith et al., J. Org. Chem. 55, 2543, (1990) and references cited therein). Alternatively, the iodide can be prepared first by diazonium formation using isoamylnitrite, n-pentylnitrite, t-butyl nitrite, sodium nitrite, nitrous acid or the like followed by heating in the presence of iodine or an iodide salt such as copper iodide, sodium iodide, potassium iodide, tetrabutylammonium iodide or the like. Reduction of nitrile 1-2 is carried out using Raney nickel under hydrogen atmosphere in water, methanol, ethanol or the like to afford 2-aminomethyl aniline 1-4. Alternatively, the nitrile can be reduced with Palladium on carbon under hydrogen atmosphere in methanol, ethanol or the like or with lithium aluminum hydride, lithium borohydride, borane or the like in ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like to afford 1- 4. Other methods for reduction of a nitrile to an aminomethyl group can be found in Smith, M. B. and March, J. "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 5th Ed., John Wiley and Sons, New York, pp. 1204 (2001) and references therein.
SCHEME 2
LiN(S CH3)3)2
Figure imgf000033_0001
NaCNBH3 2-2 MeOH
Figure imgf000033_0002
2-4 2-3
Intermediates 2-4 utilized in the present invention wherein A , Rl, Ra, Z, n and p are as defined in the claims can be prepared as shown in Scheme 2. Aminomethylaniline 2-1 can be purchased or prepared according to the procedure outlined in Scheme 1. Alkylation of 2-1 can be carried out by treatment with an appropriately substituted alkyl halide, mesylate or tosylate or the like in dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, lithium diisopropylamide or lithium-, sodium-, or potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide or the like to afford disubstituted amine 2-2. Alternatively, treatment of amine 2-1 with an appropriately substituted aldehyde in the presence of a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride or the like in methanol, ethanol, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran or the like or according to methods described in Smith, M. B. and March, J. "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 5th Ed., John Wiley and Sons, New York, pp. 1187-1189 (2001) and references cited therein affords dialkylamine 2-2. Alternatively, amine 2-1 can be treated with an appropriately substituted carboxylic acid halide, carboxylic acid activated ester or carboxylic acid in the presence of a coupling reagent such as EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the like and a hindered base such as triethylamine, disopropylethylamine, N- methyl morpholine or the like in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like to give the corresponding amide which can be reduced with LAH, borane or the like to afford dialkylamine 2-2. Acylation of 2-2 with a carboxylic acid and coupling reagent such as EDC EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the like , or a carboxylic acid activated ester or an acid halide, alkylchloroformate, alkylisocyanate, alkylsulfonyl chloride, chlorosulfonyl isocyanate or the like in dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like in the presence of a hindered base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine or the like affords 2-3. Iodide 2-4 can be prepared by treatment of 2-3 with isoamylnitrite, n-pentylnitrite, t-butyl nitrite or the like in diiodomethane (see for example: Smith et al., J. Org. Chem. 55, 2543, (1990) and references cited therein). Alternatively, the iodide can be prepared first by diazonium formation using isoamylnitrite, n-pentylnitrite, t-butyl nitrite, sodium nitrite, nitrous acid or the like followed by heating in the presence of iodine or an iodide salt such as copper iodide, sodium iodide, potassium iodide, tetrabutylammonium iodide or the like.
SCHEME 3
Figure imgf000035_0001
3-4 3-3
Haloaryl intermediates 3-4 of the present invention wherein A2, R1, Ra , Z, n and p are as defined in the claims can be prepared as shown in scheme 3. 2-halobenzylbromides 3-2 wherein the halo is preferably iodo or bromo can be purchased or prepared from 2-halotoluenes via benzylic bromination using N- bromosuccinimide in carbon tetrachloride. Treatment of 3-2 with an appropriately substituted benzylamine affords dialkyl amine 3-3. Acylation of 3-3 with a carboxylic acid and coupling reagent such as EDC EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the like , or a carboxylic acid activated ester or an acid halide, alkylchloroformate, alkylisocyanate, alkylsulfonyl chloride, chlorosulfonyl isocyanate or the like in dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like in the presence of a hindered base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine or the like affords 3-4. SCHEME 4
Figure imgf000036_0001
4-1 4-2
Biaryl compounds 4-2 of the present invention wherein A1, A2, R1, Ra , Z, n and p are as defined in the claims can be prepared from aryl halide 4-1 where the halide is preferably bromo or iodo via a Suzuki or Stille reaction wherein 4-1 is coupled with an appropriately substituted aryl boronic acid, aryl boronate ester or aryl trialkyl tin in the presence of a palladium catalyst. The coupling reaction may be carried out using Pd(U)acetate and potassium carbonate in aqueous acetone at reflux. Alternatively the reaction may employ tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium in an ethanol/toluene mix in the presence of sodium carbonate. Alternatively, as practiced by those skilled in the art the reaction can employ a number of Palladium (0) compounds and Palladium (II) salts in a number of solvents and in the presence of a variety of ligands, bases, and promoters, generally but not exclusively, with heating and/or microwave irradiation. Some appropriate reaction conditionas can be found described in Miyaua et al., Chem. Rev. 95, 2457 (1995) and references cited within and as described in Smith, M. B. and March, J. "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 5th Ed., John Wiley and Sons, New York, pp. 868-869 (2001) and references cited therein. Compounds 4-1 are prepared as shown in Schemes 2 and 3.
SCHEME 5
Figure imgf000037_0001
5-5 5-4
Compounds of the present invention wherein A1, A2, R1, Ra , Z, n and p are as defined in the claims can be prepared as shown in Scheme 5. 2-cyano iodobenzenes 5-1 can be purchased or prepared according to the procedures outlined in Scheme 1. Biphenyl compounds 5-2 are prepared via a Suzuki or Stille reaction or variation thereof employing palladium catalyzed cross coupling of iodide 5-1 with an appropriately substituted aryl boronic acid, aryl boronate ester or aryl trialkyl tin as described in Miyaua et al., Chem. Rev. 95, 2457 (1995) and references cited within and as described in Smith, M. B. and March, J. "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 5th Ed., John Wiley and Sons, New York, pp. 868- 869 (2001) and references cited therein. Reduction of nitrile 5-2 is accomplished with Lithium aluminum hydride in diethyl ether to afford 2-aminomethyl aniline 5-3. Alternatively, the nitrile can be reduced with Palladium on carbon or Raney nickel under hydrogen atmosphere in methanol, ethanol or the like. Other methods for reduction of a nitrile to an aminomethyl group can be found in Smith, M. B. and March, J. "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 5th Ed., John Wiley and Sons, New York, pp. 1204 (2001) and references therein. Alkylation of 5-3 is achieved by treatment with an appropriately substituted benzyl halide, mesylate or tosylate or the like in dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, lithium diisopropylamide or lithium-, sodium-, or potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide or the like to afford disubstituted amine 5-4. Alternatively, treatment of amine 5-3 with an appropriately substituted aldehyde in the presence of a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride or the like in methanol, ethanol, dichloroethane, tetrahydrufuran or the like or according to methods described in Smith, M. B. and March, J. "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 5th Ed., John Wiley and Sons, New York, pp. 1187-1189 (2001) and references cited therein affords disubstituted amine 5-4. Alternatively, amine 5-3 can be treated with an appropriately substituted carboxylic acid halide, carboxylic acid activated ester or carboxylic acid in the presence of a coupling reagent such as EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the like and a hindered base such as triethylamine, disopropylethylamine, N-methyl morpholine or the like in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like to give the corresponding amide which can be reduced with LAH, borane or the like to afford disubstituted amine 5-4. Acylation of 5-4 with a carboxylic acid and coupling reagent such as EDC EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the like , or a carboxylic acid activated ester or an acid halide, alkylchloroformate, alkylisocyanate, alkylsulfonyl chloride, chlorosulfonyl isocyanate or the like in dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like in the presence of a hindered base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine or the like affords 5-5.
SCHEME 6
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000039_0002
6-5 6-4
Compounds of the present invention wherein A1, A2, R1, Ra , Z, n and p are as defined in the claims can be prepared by the procedure described in Scheme 6. Base mediated hydrolysis of 2-cyanobenzenes 6-1 can be achieved by treatment with aqueous potassium hydroxide or the like in the presence of protic solvents such as isopropanol to afford the benzoic acid 6-2. Reduction to the benzyl alcohol 6-3 can be achieved with borane in tetrahydrofuran as described in Smith, M.B. and March, J. "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 5* Ed., John Wiley and Sons, New York, pp. 1549 (2001) and references therein. Conversion of alcohol 6-3 to bromide 6-4 can be achieved with carbon tetrabromide and triphenylphosphine in dichloromethane (see for example: Iwasaki et al., Tetrahedron, 52, 13327 (1996) and references cited therein). Treatment of 6-4 with an appropriately substituted amine followed by acylation with a carboxylic acid and coupling reagent such as EDC EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the like or a carboxylic acid activated ester or an acid halide, alkylchloroformate, alkylisocyanate, alkylsulfonyl chloride, chlorosulfonyl isocyanate or the like in dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like in the presence of a hindered base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine or the like affords 6-5.
SCHEME 7
Figure imgf000040_0001
Compounds of the present invention wherein A1, A2, R1, Ra , Z, n and p are as defined in the claims can be prepared by acylation of benzylamine 7-1 with a carboxylic acid and coupling reagent such as EDC EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the like , or a carboxylic acid activated ester or an acid halide, alkylchloroformate, alkylisocyanate, alkylsulfonyl chloride, chlorosulfonyl isocyanate or the like in dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like in the presence of a hindered base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine or the like affords 7-2. Alkylation of 7-2 can be carried out by treatment with an appropriately substituted alkyl halide, mesylate or tosylate or the like in dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N- methylmorpholine, lithium diisopropylamide or lithium-, sodium-, or potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide or the like to afford compounds 7-3.
SCHEME 8
Figure imgf000041_0001
8-1 8-2 8-3
Compounds of the present invention wherein A1, A2, R1, Ra , Z, n and p are as defined in the claims can be prepared as shown in scheme 8. Nitro compounds 8-1 can be reduced with catalysts such as platinum oxide and the like under a hydrogen atmosphere in solvents such as tetrahydrofuran and the like to afford aryl amines 8-2. Acylation of amine 8-2 with an acid chloride, alkylchloroformate, sulfonyl chloride, alkylisocyanate or the like in dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like in the presence of a hindered base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methyl morpholine, pyridine or the like affords compounds 8-3. Alternatively, alkylation of aniline 8-2 with an alkyl halide, mesylate or tosylate or the like in the presence of organic bases such as potassium hexamethyldisilazide and the like in solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether and the like affords compounds 8-3.
SCHEME 9
Figure imgf000042_0001
9-1 9-2 9-3
Compounds of the present invention wherein A1, A2, R1, Ra , Z, n and p are as defined in the claims can be prepared as shown in scheme 9. Aryl amine 9-1 can be converted to the corresponding aryl iodide 9-2 by treatment with isoamylnitrite, n-pentylnitrite, t-butyl nitrite or the like in diiodomethane (see for example: Smith et al., J. Org. Chem. 55, 2543, (1990) and references cited therein). Alternatively, the iodide can be prepared first by diazonium formation using isoamylnitrite, n-pentylnitrite, t-butyl nitrite, sodium nitrite, nitrous acid or the like followed by heating in the presence of iodine or an iodide salt such as copper iodide, sodium iodide, potassium iodide, tetrabutylammonium iodide or the like, to afford compounds 9-1. Compounds 9-2 can be converted to compounds 9-3 via Suzuki or Stille reaction by coupling with an appropriately substituted aryl boronic acid, aryl boronate ester or aryl triakyl tin in the presence of a palladium catalyst (see for example: Miyaua et al., Chem Rev. 95, 2457 and references cited therein).
SCHEME 10
Figure imgf000043_0001
10-1 10-2 10-3
Compounds of the present invention wherein A1, A2, R1, Ra, Z, n and p are as defined in the claims can be prepared as shown in scheme 10. Treatment of nitriles 10-1 with aqueous formic acid in the presence of catalysts such as platinum oxide and the like affords aldehyde 10-2 which can be further modified by reaction with organophosphorane reagents such as methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide as described in Smith, M. B. and March, J. "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 5th Ed., John Wiley and Sons, New York, pp. 1231-1237 (2001) to give compounds 10-3.
SCHEME 11
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000044_0002
11-4
Phenethyl substituted compounds 11-4 of the present invention can be prepared as described in scheme 11. Intermediate 11-2 can be prepared by treating benzylamine 11-1 with a appropriately substituted phenyl acetic acid halide, phenyl acetic acid activated ester or phenyl acetic acid in the presence of a coupling reagent such as EDC, DCC, BOP, HATU or the like in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane and the like. Amide 11-2 can be reduced with lithium aluminum hydride, borane or the like in ether, tetrahydrofuran or the like to afford 11-3. Acylation of 11-3 with an acid chloride, alkyl chloroformate, alkyl isocyanate or the like in dichloromethane, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane or the like affords compounds 11-4. EXAMPLE 1
Figure imgf000045_0001
2-Amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile
In a 2-liter flask equipped with a septum inlet, magnetic stirring bar, and condenser leading to a mercury bubbler was placed lOOg (0.348 mol) of 4-amino-3-iodobenzotrifluoride in 1 liter DMF. To this reaction flask with stirring was added 37.4 g (0.416mol) of copper cyanide and the contents were heated to 100 °C under nitrogen for fourteen hours. Afterwards, TLC analysis revealed minor starting material (20/80) ethyl acetate/hexane. The contents were cooled to 40°C and filtered through a pad of Celite. The solids were washed with ether and the filtrate transferred to a separatory funnel and washed with about 5% aqueous ammonium hydroxide. The aqueous layer was back-extracted with ether and the organics were combined and washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to yield a black oil. The oil was chromatographed on a Biotage 75L cartridge with ethyl acetate/hexane to obtain 68 g 2-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile as a black solid.
EXAMPLE 2
Figure imgf000045_0002
f2-(Aminomethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyllamine
In a rocker shaker was charged 37 g (0.2 mol) of 2-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile in 500 mL of ethanol and 76 mL of ammonium hydroxide. The contents were degassed/blanketed with nitrogen, 25 g of Raney nickel were added, then the shaker was pressurized with 40 psi hydrogen gas. At 15 hours TLC analysis (20/80 ethyl acetate/hexane) revealed no starting material. The contents were filtered through Celite and washed with ether and concentrated to 37 g black oil. The oil was chromatographed on a Biotage 75L cartridge with methanol/methylene chloride and ammonium hydroxide/methanol/methylene chloride to give [2-(aminomethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amine as a green oil.
EXAMPLE 3
Figure imgf000046_0001
[2-Amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzylll3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyllamine In a 500-mL flask equipped with a septum inlet, magnetic stirring bar, and condenser leading to a mercury bubbler was placed 22.8 g (0.12 mol) of [2-(aminomethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amine in 218 mL dimethoxyethane. To this reaction flask with stirring was added 26 mL (0.24 mol) N- methylmorpholine and 24 mL (0.13 mol) 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl bromide. The contents were heated to and maintained at reflux under nitrogen for 12 hours. Afterwards, TLC analysis revealed a minor amount of starting material remaining. The contents were cooled to room temperature, diluted with ether and transferred to a separatory funnel and washed with water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford an oil. The oil was dissolved in hexane, cooled in an ice bath and acetic acid was added slowly while stirring to precipitate solids. The solids were filtered, dissolved in ether, and cooled in an ice bath and stirred while saturated sodium bicarbonate was added slowly until basic. The contents were transferred to a separatory funnel and washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give 12 g [2-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl][3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]amine as an orange oil. In addition the hexane mother liquor contained significant amounts of product and byproducts. This liquor was concentrated to yield dark yellow oil that was used without further purification in the following step. EXAMPLE 4
Figure imgf000047_0001
Methyl [2-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzvnr3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyllcarbamate
In a 250-mL flask equipped with a septum inlet, magnetic stirring bar, and connecting tube leading to a mercury bubbler was placed 12 g (0.029 mol) of [2-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl][3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]amine in 120 mL DME. To the reaction flask with stirring was added 6.4 mL (0.058 mol) N-methylmorpholine and the mixture was cooled in an ice bath under nitrogen. To this mixture was added dropwise over ten minutes, 2.1 mL (0.035 mol) of methyl chloroformate. Afterwards, the mixture was allowed to stir for 15 minutes and HPLC showed no starting material present. Water was added to the mixture and the contents were diluted with hexane and transferred to a separatory funnel. The layers were separated, then washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give 13 g crude oil. The oil was chromatographed on a Biotage 40M cartridge with methylene chloride/hexane to give methyl [2-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl][3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]carbamate as a yellow oil.
EXAMPLE 5
Figure imgf000047_0002
Methyl r3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzvnr2-iodo-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyllcarbamate In a 250-mL flask equipped with a septum inlet, magnetic stirring bar, and condenser leading to a mercury bubbler was placed 9 g (0.019 mol) of methyl [2-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl][3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]carbamate in 90 mL CHC13 To this stirred solution was added 3.6 mL (0.027 mol) of isoamyl nitrite (tech. grade). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes under a nitrogen blanket. To this was added 9.1 g (0.038 mol) of iodine and the mixture was heated to and maintained at reflux for 2 hrs. The mixture was cooled and diluted with methylene chloride, transferred to a separatory funnel and washed with saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate and brine; dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated and chromatographed on a Biotage 40M cartridge with methylene chloride/hexane to give methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl][2-iodo-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzyl]carbamate.
EXAMPLE 6
Figure imgf000048_0001
Methyl r3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll ( r2'-methoxy-5'-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- y 11 methyl lcarbamate
A mixture of methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl][2-iodo-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]carbamate (0.10 g, 0.17 mmol) from Example 5, and 2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl boronic acid (0.034 g, 0.2 mmol), palladium acetate (0.0038 g, 0.017 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.047 g, 0.34 mmol) in 4: 1 acetone/water (10 ml) was heated and maintained at reflux for 1 h. The color of the solution turned dark. Acetone was removed and the residue was extracted with methylene chloride (3 x 10 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with water, then brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. The title compound was obtained as a colorless oil by preparative thin layer chromatography using acetone/hexane (5:95) as the eluant. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.73 (s, IH), 7.58 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.47 (s, 2H), 7.35 (m, IH), 7.32 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.19 (m, IH), 6.85 (m, 2H), 4.23-4.36 (m, 4H), 3.79 (m, 3H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H). LC-MS (M+l): 580.0 (4.61 min).
EXAMPLE 7
Figure imgf000049_0001
Methyl f3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzylir(4-fluoro-2'-methoxy-5'-methylbiphenyl-2-yl)methyllcarbamate Step A: f3.5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll(2-bromo-5-fluorobenzyl)amine To a solution of 2-bromo-5-fluoro benzyl bromide (0.5 g, 1.86 mmol) and 3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzylamine (0.45 g, 1.86 mmol) in methylene chloride (10 ml) at 0 °C, triethyl amine (0.39 ml, 2.80 mmol) was added. The solution was slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 18 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The title compound was obtained by flash column chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (2:8) as the eluant. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.88 (s, 2H), 7.80 (s, IH), 7.53 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.3 Hz, IH), 7.18 (dd, J = 9, 3.3 Hz, IH), 6.91 (dt, J = 8.5, 3.3 Hz, IH), 3.98 (s, 2H), 3.90 (s, 2H).
Step B: Methyl r3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll(2-bromo-5-fluorobenzyl)carbamate To a solution of [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl](2-bromo-5-fluorobenzyl)amine from Step A (0.14 g) in methylene chloride at room temperature, excess methyl chloroformate (0.1 ml) and triethyl amine (0.1 ml) were added. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The title compound was obtained by flash column chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1:9) as the eluant. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.80 (s, IH), 7.68 (s, IH), 7.60 (s, IH), 7.48(m, IH), 6.88 (m, 2H), 4.60 (m, 4H), 3.81 (s, 3H). Step C: Methyl r3,5-bisOrifluoromethyl)benzylir(4-fluoro-2'-methoxy-5'-methylbiphenyl- 2-vDmethyllcarbamate A mixture of the Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl](2-bromo-5-fluorobenzyl)carbamate from Step B (0.02g, 0.04 mmol), potassium carbonate (0.011 g, 0.08 mmol) , 2-methoxy-5-methyl phenyl boronic acid (0.008 g, 0.05 mmol) and catalytic amount of palladium acetate (1 mg) in 4: 1 acetone/water (2.5 ml) was heated to and maintained at reflux for 1 h. TLC analysis (acetone/hexane = 5:95) showed no starting material. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was extracted with methylene chloride (3 x 10 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The title compound was obtained by preparative thin layer chromatography using acetone:hexane (5:95) as the eluant. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.75 (s, IH), 7.50 (s, IH), 7.38 (s, IH), 7.20 ( , 2H), 7.04 (m, 2H), 6.84 (s, IH), 6.80 (m, IH), 4.18-4.60 (m, 4H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H). LC- MS (M+l) 530.4 (4.43 min).
EXAMPLE 8
Figure imgf000050_0001
Methyl r3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzylir(5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-nitrobiphenyl-2-yl)methyllcarbamate Step A: (2-Bromo-5-nitrophenyl)methanol
To a solution of methyl 2-bromo-5-nitro benzoate (0.52 g, 2.00 mmol) in THF (10 ml) at 0°C, a 1.0 M solution of DIB AL in THF (2.4 ml, 2.4 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 0° C for 4 h. The reaction was quenched with water extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. The title compound was obtained as a white solid following flash column chromatography using 8:92 EtOAc/hexane as the eluant. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 8.46 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.05 (dd, J = 8.5, 3.0 Hz, IH), 7.74 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 4.84 (s, 2H). Step B: 2-Bromo-5-nitrobenzyl methanesulfonate
To a solution of the (2-bromo-5-nitrophenyl)methanol from Step A (0.33 g, 1.42 mmol) in methylene chloride (20 ml) at 0° C, methanesulfonyl chloride (0.13 ml, 1.70 mmol) and triethylamine (0.3 ml, 2.1 mmol) were added. The solution was stirred at 0 °C for lh. The reaction was diluted with methylene chloride (30 ml). The solution was washed with water, brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. The title compound was obtained by flash column chromatography using 10:90 EtOAc/hexane as the eluant. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 8.40 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.17 (dd, J = 8.5, 3.0 Hz, IH), 7.82 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 5.40 (s, 2H), 3.20 (s, 3H). Step C: [3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyn(2-bromo-5-nitrobenzyl)amine To a solution of 2-bromo-5-nitrobenzyl methanesulfonate from Step B (0.42 g, 1.35 mmol) and 3,5-bis- trifluoromethyl benzylamine (0.33 g, 1.35 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) at 0 °C, potassium carbonate (0.37 g, 2.69 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 0°C for 2h. TLC analysis (EtOAc/hexane = 2:8) showed completion of the reaction. Water (50 ml) was added. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 40 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. The title compound was obtained by flash column chromatography using 2:8 EtOAc/hexane as the eluant. Η
NMR (CDCI3, 500 MHz) δ 8.35 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.03 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.88 (s, 2H), 7.81 (s,
IH), 8.76 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 4.00 (s, 4H).
Step D: Methyl r3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll(2-bromo-5-nitrobenzyl)carbamate
To a solution of [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl](2-bromo-5-nitrobenzyl)amine from Step C (0.47 g, 1.0 mmol) in methylene chloride (20 ml) at room temperature, methyl chloroformate (0.12 ml, 1.54 mmol) and triethylamine (0.29 ml, 2.05 mmol) were added. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The title compound was obtained by flash column chromatography using 1:9 EtOAc/hexane as the eluant. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 8.11 (m, IH), 8.02 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.81 (s, IH), 7.74 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.70 (m, IH), 7.65 (m, IH), 4.67 (m, 4H), 3.89 (s, 3H).
Step E: Methyl f3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzvnr(5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-nitrobiphenyl-2- vDmethyllcarbamate
To a mixture of Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl](2-bromo-5-nitrobenzyl)carbamate from Step D
(0.39 g, 0.75 mmol), 2-methoxy-5-isopropylphenyl boronic acid (0.175 g, 0.90 mmol), and potassium carbonate (0.21 g, 1.50 mmol) in 4:1 acetone/water (10 ml), a catalytic amount of palladium acetate (10 mg) was added. The mixture was heated to and maintained at reflux for 2 h. TLC analysis (acetone/hexane = 5:95) showed completion of the reaction. The acetone was removed under reduced pressure and the organic was extracted with methylene chloride (3 x 25 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The title compound was obtained by flash column chromatography using 5:95 acetone/hexane as the eluant. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 8.20 (m, 2H), 7.75 (s, IH), 7.48 (M, IH), 7.40 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.29 (m, IH), 6.93 (m, 2H), 4.25- 4.60 (m, 4H), 3.80 (m, 3H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 2.89 (m, 1H),1.20 (s, 6H). LC-MS (M+l) 585.4 (4.49 min).
EXAMPLE 9
Figure imgf000052_0001
Methyl r(4-amino-5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxybiphenyl-2-yl)methylir3.5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyllcarbamate
A solution of the methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl][(5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-nitrobiphenyl-2- yl)methyl]carbamate from Example 8 (0.31 g, 0.53 mmol) in MeOH (10 ml) was charged with a catalytic amount Pd/C and hydrogen at 40 psi for 1 h. The mixture was filtered through Celite and the filtrate was concentrated. The title compound was obtained by flash column chromatography using 3:7 EtOAc/hexane as the eluant. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.72 (m, IH), 7.50 (s, IH), 7.30 (s, IH), 7.16 (m, IH), 7.03 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 6.94 (s, IH), 6.82 (m, IH), 6.69 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.5 Hz, IH), 6.58 (m, IH), 4.18-4.30 (m, 4H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 2.83 (m, IH), 1.20 (s, 6H). LC-MS (M+l): 555.3 (3.58 min). EXAMPLE 10
Figure imgf000053_0001
Methyl r3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzylir(4-iodo-5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxybiphenyl-2-yl)methyllcarbamate To a solution of the methyl [(4-amino-5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxybiphenyl-2-yl)methyl][3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]carbamate from Example 9 (0.31 g, 0.56 mmol) in chloroform (10 ml), n-amyl nitrite (0.11 ml, 0.84 mmol) and iodine (0.28 g, 1.1 mmol) were added. The mixture was heated to and maintained at reflux for 2 h. TLC analysis (5:95 EtOAc/hexane) showed completion of the reaction. The mixture was diluted with methylene chloride (20 ml) and washed with saturated sodium thiosulfate solution, brine. The light yellow solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The title compound was obtained by flash column chromatography using 5:95 EtOAc/hexane as the eluant. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.74 (s, IH), 7.67 (dd, J = 8.0, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.47 (m, IH), 7.31 (dd, J = 8.0, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.21 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.16 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 6.95 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 6.91 (dd, J = 4.0, 2.5 Hz, IH), 6.87 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1), 4.20-4.48 (m, 4H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 2.92 (m, IH), 1.23 (s, 3H), 1.21 (s, 3H). LC- MS (M+l) 666.0 (4.74 min).
EXAMPLE 11
Figure imgf000054_0001
Methyl r3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzylir(5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-pyridin-3-ylbiphenyl-2- yPmethyllcarbamate
A mixture of methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl][(4-iodo-5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxybiphenyl-2- yl)methyl]carbamate from Example 10 (0.03 g, 0.045 mmol), potassium carbonate (0.012 g, 0.09 mmol), 3-pyridyl boronic acid (0.0066 g, 0.054 mmol) and a catalytic amount of palladium acetate (1 mg) in 4: 1 acetone/water (2 ml) was heated to and maintained at reflux for 5 h. Acetone was removed and the organic was extracted with methylene chloride (3 x 10 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The title compound was obtained after preparative thin layer chromatography using 3:7 EtOAc/hexane as the eluant. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 8.90 (m, IH), 8.65 (m, IH), 7.90 (m, IH), 7.72 (s, IH), 7.70 (m, IH), 7.60 (dd, J = 8.0, 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.25 (m, IH), 7.00 (s, IH), 6.93 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 4.20-4.62 (m, 4H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 2.90 (m, IH), 1.22 (s, 6H). LC-MS (M+l) 617.0 (3.76 min).
EXAMPLE 12
Figure imgf000055_0001
Methyl r3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzylir(4-cvano-5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxybiphenyl-2- yDmethyllcarbamate
A mixture of methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl][(4-iodo-5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxybiphenyl-2- yl)methyl]carbamate from Example 10 (0.03 g, 0.045 mmol) and CuCN (0.008 g, 0.09 mmol) in DMF (1 ml) was stirred at 100°C overnight. Water (10 ml) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 15 ml). The combined EtOAc layers were washed with brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. The title compound was obtained after preparative thin layer chromatography using 2:8 EtOAc/hexane as the eluant. *H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.72 (s, IH), 7.74 (m, IH), 7.64 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.49 (m, IH), 7.38 (m, IH), 7.36 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.28 (m, IH), 6.94 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 6.91 (m, IH), 4.26-4.49 ( , 4H), 3.81 (m, 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 2.92 (m, IH), 1.22 (s, 6H). LC-MS (M+l) 565.3 (4.42 min).
EXAMPLE 13
Figure imgf000056_0001
Methyl r3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzvnr(4-chloro-5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxybiphenyl-2- yDmethyllcarbamate
The title compound was prepared following the procedures from Example 8, Steps A, B, C, D, and E starting from methyl 2-bromo-5-chlorobenzoate. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.74 (s, IH), 7.47 (s, IH),
7.38 (m, IH), 7.32 (s, IH), 7.31 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.24 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.22 (m, IH), 6.94 (d,
J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 6.87 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 4.18-4.50 (m, 4H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 2.83 (m, IH),
1.20 (s, 6H). LC-MS (M+l) 574.3 (4.66 min).
EXAMPLE 14
Figure imgf000057_0001
Methyl r3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzvnr(4-chloro-5'-formyl-2'-methoxybiphenyl-2-yl)methyllcarbamate The title compound was prepared followed the procedures from Example 8, Step A, B, C, D, and E starting from methyl 2-bromo-5-chlorobenzoate and using 2-methoxy-5-formylphenyl boronic acid for Step E. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 9.95 (s, IH), 7.92 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.74 (s, IH), 7.65 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.48 (m, IH), 7.38 (dd, J = 8.0, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.34 (m, IH), 7.23 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.06 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, IH), 4.10-4.58 (m, 4H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H). LC-MS (M+l) 560.1 (4.13 min).
EXAMPLE 15
Figure imgf000057_0002
2-Iodo-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile
2-Amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile (3.06 g, 16.45 mmol) was suspended in CH2I2 (36 mL) and t- butyl nitrite (3.9 mL, 32.9 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was heated slowly to 100 °C and was maintained at this temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with hexanes (200 mL), loaded on a silica gel column, and purified with 100% hexanes to 15% EtOAc/hexanes. The resulting product, 2-iodo-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile was contaminated with minor impurities which were removed by silica gel chromatography with 25% CH2Cl2/hexanes. 2-Iodo-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile was obtained as a white solid. Rf = 0.44 (15% EtOAc/hexanes). Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 8.10 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.85 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.52 (dd, 7 = 8.5, 1.8 Hz, IH).
EXAMPLE 16
Figure imgf000058_0001
5'-Isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-carbonitrile
To a solution of 2-iodo-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile (2.0 g, 6.7 mmol) and (5-isopropyl-2- methoxyphenyl)boronic acid (1.6 g, 8.4 mmol) in dimethyl ethylene glycol (30.4 mL) was added 2M Na2C03 (6.8 mL), ethanol (9.6 mL), and water (10 mL). The solution was degassed with nitrogen for 2 minutes. Pd(PPh3)4 (774 mg, 0.67 mmol) was added and the solution was degassed with nitrogen again for 2 minutes. The solution was divided equally into two 40 mL microwave tubes. Each tube was degassed with nitrogen for 1 minute, sealed, and placed in a microwave reactor. The wattage was set for 200 W until the temperature reached 150°C and then the temperature was held at 150°C for ten minutes. The tubes were then cooled to room temperature, combined, poured into H20 (50 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (50 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 15% CH2C.2/hexanes afforded 5'-isopropyl- 2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-carbonitrile as a light yellow oil. R/= 0.65 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.97 (s, IH), 7.85 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.63 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.31 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.12 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.97 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 3.82 (s, 3H), 2.93 (m, IH), 1.27 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H). EXAMPLE 17
Figure imgf000059_0001
l-r5'-Isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethanamine
5'-Isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-carbonitrile (996.2 mg, 3.12 mmol) was dissolved in Et20 (33 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. LAH (12.49 mL of a 1 M solution in Et20, 12.49 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. After stirring at 0 °C for 10 minutes, the reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. The reaction was then quenched by slow dropwise addition of 1.5 mL of H20 (vigorous evolution of gas), followed by 1.5 mL of 30% NaOH, followed by 3.0 mL of H20. The resulting gelatinous precipitate was washed with 5 x 20 mL of CH2CI2", the organic washes were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography with 2%MeOH/CH2Cl2 containing 0.1% Et3N afforded l-[5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methanamine. Rf = 0.30 (10% MeOH/CH2Cl2). LCMS = 324.3 (M+l)+. Η NMR (CDCI3, 500 MHz) δ 7.77 (s, IH), 7.55 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, IH), 7.32 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.25 (dd, J = 8.3, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.00 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.92 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 3.66-3.74 (m, 5H), 2.91 (m, IH), 1.26 (d, 7 = 6.9 Hz, 6H).
EXAMPLE 18
Figure imgf000059_0002
Methyl ( rS'-isopropyl^'-methoxy^-CtrifluoromethyDbiphenyl^-yllmethyncarbamate To a solution of l-[5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methanamine (166 mg, 0.51 mmol) and methyl chloroformate (107 μL, 1.39 mmol) in CH2C12 (5 mL) was added N,N- diisopropylethylamine (485 μL, 2.79 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for twenty minutes and then was poured into H20 (50 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL), and the organic layer was washed with brine (50 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 2% to 20% EtOAc/hexanes afforded methyl { [5'-isopropyl-2'- methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}carbamate. R = 0.29 (15% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 382.3 (M+l)+. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.68 (s, IH), 7.57 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.31 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.25 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.5 Hz, IH), 6.97 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 6.91 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 4.17 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 2.89 (m, IH), 1.25 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H).
EXAMPLE 19
Figure imgf000060_0001
Methyl { r5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethyl } T3-
(trifluoromethyl)benzyllcarbamate
Methyl { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}carbamate (20 mg, 0.053 mmol) was dissolved in THF (1 mL). 3-(Trifluoromethyl) benzyl bromide (122 μL, 0.79 mmol) was added followed by potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (320 μL of a 0.5 M solution in toluene, 0.160 mmol). The reaction was stirred for two hours and then poured into H 0 (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL), and the organic extracts were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 2% to 25% EtOAc/hexanes afforded methyl { [5'-isopropy I-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-y l]methyl } [3- (trifluoromethyl)benzyl]carbamate. R = 0.67 (15% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 540.3 (M+l)+. Η NMR (C6D6, 500 MHz, 70°C) 6 7.72 (s, IH), 7.36 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.19-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.03-7.07 (m, 3H), 6.86 (m, 2H), 6.57 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 4.41 (s, 2H), 4.05 (s, 2H) 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.22 (s, 3H), 2.73 (m, IH), 1.25 (d, 7 = 6.5 Hz, 6H).
EXAMPLE 20
Figure imgf000061_0001
r3.5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyllf r5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yll methyl) amine l-[5'-Isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methanamine (94.1 mg, 0.291 mmol) was dissolved in THF (4 mL). 3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl bromide (320 μL, 1.75 mmol) was added followed by potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (2.33 mL of a 0.5 M solution in toluene, 1.164 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours and then poured into H20 (30 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (75 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (25 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 0 to 15% EtOAc/hexanes, then a second column with 50% CH2C12, then a third column with 25% EtOAc/hexanes afforded [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yl] methyl } amine as a light yellow oil. R, = 0.18 (40% CH2Cl2/hexanes). LCMS = 550.3 (M+l)+. Η NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz) δ 7.75 (s, IH), 7.74 (s, IH), 7.70 (s, 2H), 7.58 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, IH), 7.34 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.24 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.2 Hz, IH), 6.99 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, IH), 6.90 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 3.68-3.76 (m, 4H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 2.88 (m, IH), 1.22 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 6H). EXAMPLE 21
Figure imgf000062_0001
( [5'-Isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-ynmethyl } r3-nitro-5-
(trifluoromethyl)benzyllamine
To a solution of 3-nitro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde (366 mg, 1.67 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL) was added a solution of l-[5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methanamine (270 mg, 0.84 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL) followed by addition of NaCNBH3 ( 105 mg, 1.67 mmol) and one drop of acetic acid. The reaction was stirred for 24 hours at room temperature and then poured into H20 (30 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (60 mL), and the organic extracts were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 2% to 25% EtOAc/hexanes afforded { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl } [3- nitro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]amine as a yellow oil. Rf = 0.45 (15% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 527.2 (M+l)+. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 8.33 (s, IH), 8.27 (s, IH), 7.85 (s, IH), 7.74 (s, IH), 7.56 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.33 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.22 (dd, J = 8.5 Hz, 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.97 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.89 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 3.67-3.78 (m, 4H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 2.87 (m, IH), 1.25 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H).
EXAMPLE 22
Figure imgf000063_0001
Methyl { r5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethyl } r3-nitro-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzyllcarbamate
To a solution of { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}[3-nitro-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzyl] amine (428 mg, 0.81 mmol) and methyl chloroformate (126 μL, 1.39 mmol) in CH2CI2 (10 mL) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (566 μL, 3.25 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for twenty minutes and then was poured into H20 (25 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (70 mL), and the organic extracts were washed with brine (25 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 2% to 20% EtOAc/hexanes afforded methyl { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl] methyl }[3-nitro-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzyl]carbamate. R/= 0.37 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 585.3 (M+l)+. Η NMR (C6D6, 500 MHz, 70°C) δ 8.03 (s, IH), 7.78 (s, IH), 7.64 (s, IH), 7.37 (s, IH), 7.33 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.04-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.83 (s, IH), 6.60 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 4.37 (bs, 2H), 3.93 (bs, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 2.73 (m, IH), 1.15 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H).
EXAMPLE 23
Figure imgf000064_0001
3-Nitro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde
Step A: r3-Nitro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyllmethanol
To a solution of 3-nitro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzoic acid (2.0 g, 8.5 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was added borane-THF (17 mL of a 1 M solution in THF, 17 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 60°C for 24 hours and then poured into H20 (50 mL). The resultant mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL) and the organic layer was washed with brine (50 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 50% EtOAc/hexanes afforded [3-nitro-5-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methanol. R/= 0.35 (75% EtOAc/hexanes). Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) 8.44 (s, IH), 8.40 (s, IH), 7.98 (s, IH), 4.91 (s, 2H), 2.07 (bs, IH). Step B: 3-Nitro-5-0:rifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde A solution of [3-nitro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methanol (400 mg, 1.88 mmol) in CH2C12 (20 mL) was cooled to 0°C and then Dess-Martin periodinane (1.59 g, 3.76 mmol) was added. The reaction was slowly warmed to room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for twenty minutes, the reaction was poured into IN NaOH (25 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic extracts were washed with brine (25 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 0% to 15% EtOAc/hexanes afforded 3-nitro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde. R = 0.39 (15% EtOAc/hexanes). Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 10.18 (s, IH), 8.91 (s, IH), 8.74 (s, IH), 8.48 (s, IH).
EXAMPLE 24
Figure imgf000065_0001
3-Iodo-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde
Step A: r3-Amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyllmethanol
To a solution of [3-nitro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methanol (1.8 g, 8.0 mmol) (Step A, Example 23) in THF (36 mL) was added concentrated HCl (18 mL) and SnCl22H20 (8.7 g, 38.8 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours and then poured slowly into saturated NaHC03 (250 mL). After neutralization was complete, the reaction was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The organic extracts were washed with brine (75 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 50% EtOAc/hexanes afforded 1.5 g (quantitative) of [3-amino-5- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methanol. R = 0.35 (50% EtOAc/hexanes). Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 6.98 (s, IH), 6.84 (s, IH), 6.81 (s, IH), 4.65 (s, 2H), 3.87 (bs, IH). Step B: r3-Iodo-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenvπmethanol
[3-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methanol (500 mg, 5.2 mmol) was suspended in CH2I2 (5 mL) and t- butyl nitrite (622 μL, 5.2 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was heated slowly to 100°C and was maintained at this temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with hexanes (50 mL), loaded on a silica gel column, and purified with 100% hexanes to 25% EtOAc/hexanes to afford [3-iodo-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methanol. R = 0.19 (15% EtOAc/hexanes). Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.91 (s, IH), 7.87 (s, IH), 7.59 (s, IH), 4.73 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 1.86 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, IH). Step C: 3-Iodo-5-(ιrifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde A solution of [3-iodo-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methanol (287 mg, 0.95 mmol) in CH2C12 (10 mL) was cooled to 0°C and then Dess-Martin periodinane (604 mg, 1.42 mmol) was added. The reaction was slowly warmed to room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for twenty minutes, the reaction was poured into IN NaOH (25 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic extracts were washed with brine (25 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 0% to 10% EtOAc/hexanes afforded 3-iodo-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde. R/= 0.54 (15% EtOAc/hexanes). Η NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz) δ 9.98 (s, IH), 8.39 (s, IH), 8.19 (s, IH), 8.09 (s, IH).
EXAMPLE 25
Figure imgf000066_0001
3-Bromo-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde
Step A: [3-Bromo-5-(trifluoromethyl)-phenyllmethanol [3-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methanol (900 mg, 4.71 mmol) (Step A, Example 24) was suspended in CHBr3 (9 mL), and t-butyl nitrite (600 μL, 5.04 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was heated slowly to 80°C and was maintained at this temperature for 10 minutes. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with hexanes (50 mL), loaded on a silica gel column, and purified with 100% hexanes to 20% EtOAc/hexanes (2 columns) to afford [3-bromo-5- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl]methanol. R/= 0.31 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.71 (s, IH), 7.68 (s, IH), 7.56 (s, IH), 4.76 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 1.86 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, IH). Step B: 3-Bromo-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde
A solution of [3-bromo-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methanol (409 mg, 1.61 mmol) in CH2C12 (25 mL) was cooled to 0°C and then Dess-Martin periodinane (1.02 g, 2.41 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at 0 °C for 30 minutes and then warmed to room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for thirty minutes, the reaction was poured into IN NaOH (25 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL), and the organic extracts were washed with IN NaOH (25 mL), then brine (25 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 25% EtOAc/hexanes afforded 3-bromo-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde. R = 0.60 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 10.02 (s, IH), 8.20 (s, IH), 8.07 (s, IH), 8.02 (s, IH). EXAMPLE 26
Figure imgf000067_0001
3-(Methylthio)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde Step A: r3-(Methylthio)-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenvn methanol
To a solution of [3-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methanol (319 mg, 1.67 mmol) (Step A, Example 24) in CHC13 (5 mL) was added dimethyl disulfide (296 μL, 3.34 mmol). Next, t-butyl nitrite (285 μL, 2.4 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for two hours and then poured into H20 (15 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL), washed with brine (15 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 0% to 50% EtOAc/hexanes afforded [3-(methylthio)-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-methanol. The [3- (methylthio)-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methanol was contaminated with minor impurities that were removed after the next step. R,= 0.53 (50% EtOAc/hexanes). Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.63 (s, IH), 7.40 (s, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 4.71 (s, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H). Step B: 3-(Methylthio)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehvde
A solution of [3-(methylthio)-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methanol (200 mg, 0.99 mmol) in CH2C12 (20 mL) was cooled to 0°C and then Dess-Martin periodinane (573 mg, 1.35 mmol) was added. The reaction was slowly warmed to room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for twenty minutes, the reaction was poured into IN NaOH (25 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (75 mL). The organic extracts were washed with brine (25 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 1% to 10% EtOAc/hexanes afforded 3-(methylthio)-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde. R7= 0.55 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 10.02 (s, IH), 7.87 (s, IH), 7.84 (s, IH), 7.68 (s, IH), 2.58 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 27
Figure imgf000068_0001
3-Methoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehvde
Step A: l-Iodo-3-methoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzene
3-methoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)aniline (100 mg, 0.52 mmol) was dissolved in CHC13 (5.2 mL) and t-butyl nitrite (124 μL, 1.05 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. Iodine (266 mg, 1.05 mmol) was added and then the reaction was slowly heated to 50°C and was maintained at this temperature for an hour and thirty minutes. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature and poured into aq. NaHS03 (50 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic extracts were washed with aq. NaHS03 (3 X 50 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 1% to 15% EtOAc/hexanes afforded l-iodo-3-methoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzene. R = 0.75 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.53 (s, IH), 7.41 (s, IH), 7.09 (s, IH), 3.82 (s, 3H).
Step B: 3-Methoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile
To a solution of l-iodo-3-methoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzene (200 mg, 0.66 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added CuCN (300 mg, 5.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 100°C for 24 hours and then poured into aq. NH3 (40 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (70 mL) and the organic extracts were washed with brine (25 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 5% to 80% EtOAc/hexanes afforded 3-methoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile. R/= 0.64 (50% EtOAc/hexanes). 'H NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz) δ 7.47 (s, IH), 7.34 (s, IH), 7.31 (s, IH), 3.89 (s, 3H). Step C: 3-Methoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehvde A mixture of 3-methoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile (88 mg, 0.43 mmol) and Pt02 (9.8 mg, 0.043 mmol) in 88% formic acid (651 μL) was heated to 60°C. The reaction was stirred at this temperature for thirty minutes. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with hexanes (5 mL), loaded on a silica gel column, and purified with 1% to 15% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 3-methoxy-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde. R/= 0.56 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 10.01 (s, IH), 7.71 (s, IH), 7.56 (s, IH), 7.39 (s, IH), 3.92 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 28
Figure imgf000069_0001
yV-r3.5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll-/V-{ r5,-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)-biphenyl-2- yllmethyl Imethanesulfonamide
To a solution of [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl- 2-yl]methyl } amine (8.3 mg, 0.015 mmol) (Example 20) and methanesulfonyl chloride (10.5 μL, 0.135 mmol) in CH2C12 (500 μL) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (47.4 μL, 0.273 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for twenty minutes and then was poured into H20 (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL), and the organic extracts were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 50% CH2Cl2/hexanes afforded /V-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-N-{[5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yl]methyl Jmethanesulfonamide. R/= 0.20 (50% CH2Cl2/hexanes). LCMS = 628.3 (M+l)+. Η ΝMR (CDC13, 600 MHz) δ 7.69 (s, IH), 7.55 (s, IH), 7.50 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.47 (s, 2H), 7.28-7.30 (m, 2H), 6.94 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, IH), 6.92 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, IH), 4.44 (d, J = 15.0, IH), 4.32 (d, J = 15.0 Hz, IH), 4.19 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, IH), 4.14 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, IH), 3.72 (s, 3H), 2.89 (m, IH), 2.69 (s, 3H), 1.21-1.25 (m, 6H).
EXAMPLE 29
Figure imgf000070_0001
f3.5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzvn( f5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yllmethyl Iformamide
A solution of [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yl]methyl} amine (88 mg, 0.43 mmol) (Example 20) in 80% formic acid (3 mL) was heated to and maintained at reflux for 24 hours. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature, poured into saturated NaHC03 (30 mL), and, after neutralization was complete, extracted with EtOAc (25 mL). The organic extracts were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 15% EtOAc/hexanes afforded [3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2,-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yl]methyl}formamide. R/= 0.20 (15% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 578.3 (M+l)+. Η NMR (CD2C12, 600 MHz, rotamers present, ratio of majoπminor -3: 1. Data for major rotamer given.) δ 6.86-8.31 (m, 10H), 4.24-4.47 (m, 4H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 2.87 (m, IH), 1.27 (m, 6H).
EXAMPLE 30
Figure imgf000071_0001
O-Methyl [3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll{r5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)-biphenyl-2- yllmethyl Ithiocarbamate
In a dry flask was placed CH2C12 (1 mL) and thiophosgene (20 μL, 0.262 mmol). [3,5- Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}amine (15 mg, 0.027 mmol) (Example 20) was added to the flask as a solution in CH2C12 (0.5 mL). The reaction was stirred for several minutes at room temperature, and then a slurry of NaOMe (133 mg, 2.46 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes and then poured into saturated NH4CI (25 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic extract was washed with brine (25 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (40% CH2Cl2/hexanes) to yield O- methyl[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yl]methyl Jthiocarbamate. R/ = 0.41 (40% CH2ClJhexanes). LCMS = 624.2 (M+l)+. 'H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) (rotamers present; doubling of some peaks; partial data given) δ 7.55-7.73 (m, 3 H), 7.22-7.36 (m, 4 H), 6.87-6.93 (m, 2H), 5.11 (s), 5.02 (d, J = 15.6 Hz), 4.85 (d, J = 15.6 Hz), 4.70 (d, J = 15.8 Hz), 4.50 (s), 4.49 (d, J = 15.8 Hz), 4.09 (s, minor rotamer), 4.01 (s, major rotamer), 3.68 (s, minor rotamer), 3.67 (s, major rotamer), 2.87 (m, IH), 1.19-1.22 (m, 6H). EXAMPLE 31
Figure imgf000072_0001
/V-1 ,5-B i s(trifluoromethyl)benzyll -N- ( [5 ' -isopropyl-2' -methoxy-4-(trifluoromethy l)biphenyl-2- yllmethyl )-/V'-methylurea
To a solution of [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl- 2-yl]methyl} amine (17.4 mg, 0.031 mmol) (Example 20) in CH2C12 (2 mL) was added methyl isocyanate (3 drops added by pipette, - 15 μL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then MeOH (1 mL) was added and the reaction was stirred for 5 minutes. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and washed with water and brine (15 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (40% EtOAc/hexanes) gave /V- [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-yV-{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}- /V'-methyfurea. Rf = 0.32 (40% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 607.4 (M+l)+. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.74 (s, IH), 7.66 (s, 2H), 7.59 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, IH), 7.43 (s, IH), 7.32 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.24 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.3 Hz, IH), 6.90-6.92 (m, 2H), 4.85 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, IH), 4.50 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, IH), 4.45 (m, IH), 4.39 (d, J = 17.9 Hz, IH), 4.02 (d, J = 17.8 Hz, IH), 3.71 (s, 3H), 2.87 (m, IH), 2.76 (d, J = 4.3 Hz, 3H), 1.20-1.22 (m, 6H). EXAMPLE 32
Figure imgf000073_0001
/V-[3.5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll-/v'-{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)-biphenyl-2- yllmethyllurea [3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yl]methyl} amine (40.3 mg, 0.073 mmol) (Example 20) was dissolved in CH2C12 (3 mL) and the solution was cooled to -78 °C. Chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (32 μL, 0.367 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stirred at -78 °C for 15 minutes, and then at 0 °C for 20 minutes. The reaction was then poured into H20 (15 mL) and saturated NaHC03 (15 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with CH2CI2 (2 x 25 mL). The organic extracts were dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography with 50% EtOAc/hexanes afforded 7V-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-/V-{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}urea. Rf = 0.24 (40% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 593.3 (M+l)+. Η NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz) δ 7.75 (s, IH), 7.66 (s, 2H), 7.60 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, IH), 7.47 (s, IH), 7.33 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.25 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.3 Hz, IH), 6.92 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.90 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 4.80 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, IH), 4.53 (s, 2H), 4.48 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, IH), 4.45 (d, J = 17.8 Hz, IH), 4.07 (d, J = 17.8 Hz, IH), 3.69 (s, 3H), 2.87 (m, IH), 1.20- 1.22 (m, 6H). EXAMPLE 33
Figure imgf000074_0001
Methyl[3-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyll{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yllmethvUcarbamate
A solution of methyl { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}[3-nitro-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzyl]carbamate (174 mg, 0.03 mmol) (Example 22) and Pt02 (10 mg) in THF (10 mL) was placed under hydrogen. The reaction was stirred at room temperature under hydrogen for two hours. The reaction was then diluted with hexanes (25 mL), loaded on a silica gel column, and purified with 15% EtOAc/hexanes to afford methyl[3-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}carbamate. R/= 0.31 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 555.3 (M+l)+. Η NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz) δ 7.59-6.28 (m, 9H), 4.48-3.62 (m, 12H), 2.87 (m, IH), 1.22 (broad singlet, 6H).
EXAMPLE 34
Figure imgf000075_0001
Methyl( [5'-isopropyl-2,-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethyπ[3-[(methylsulfonyl)aminol-5-
(trifluoromethyl)benzyllcarbamate
To a solution of methyl[3-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl] { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-
(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}carbamate (8 mg, 0.014 mmol) (Example 33) and methanesulfonyl chloride (3.3 μL, 0.043 mmol) in CH2C12 (1 mL) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (15 μL, 0.086 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for thirty minutes and then was poured into H20 (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL), and the organic extracts were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by preparative thin layer chromatography with 25% EtOAc/hexanes followed by a preparative thin layer chromatography in 2:2: 1 (CH2C12: Hex: Et20) and then a third and final purification by silica gel chromatography with 2% to 25% EtOAc/hexanes afforded methyl { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}[3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]carbamate. R/= 0.40 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). Η NMR (C6D6, 500 MHz, 70°C) δ 7.69 (s, IH), 7.52 (s, IH), 7.38-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.08-7.04 (m, 2H), 6.86 (s, IH), 6.30 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 4.40 (broad singlet, 2H), 4.04-3.99 (m, 2H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 2.74 (m, IH), 2.67 (s, 3H), 1.22 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6H). EXAMPLE 35
Figure imgf000076_0001
Methyir3-(dimethylamino)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyll( f5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-vnmethyl}carbamate
Methyl[3-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yl]methyl}carbamate (8 mg, 0.014 mmol) (Example 33) was dissolved in THF (1 mL). Mel (3.6 μL, 0.056 mmol) was added followed by potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (112 μL of a 0.5 M solution in toluene, 0.056 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for two hours and then poured into H20 (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL), and the organic extracts were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over Na2S0 , filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 5% to 25% EtOAc/hexanes afforded methyl[3-(dimethylamino)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'- isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}carbamate. Ry= 0.53 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 583.3 (M+l)+. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.56-6.44 (m, 9H), 4.49-4.13 (m, 4H), 3.73-3.65 (m, 6H), 2.92-2.85 (m, 7H), 1.21 (broad singlet, 6H).
EXAMPLE 36
Figure imgf000077_0001
Methyl[3-cvano-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyll{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yllmethyl lcarbamate
To a solution of methyl[3-iodo-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl Jcarbamate (Example 119, 508 mg, 0.76 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) was added CuCN (1.7 g, 19.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 100°C for 30 hours. The reaction was poured into aq. NH3 (40 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 40 mL). All the collected organic extracts were washed with brine (40 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 5% to 80% EtOAc/hexanes afforded methyl[3-cyano-5-
(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl }carbamate. R = 0.55 (20% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 565.3 (M+l)+. Η NMR (C6D6, 500 MHz, 70°C) δ 7.63 (s, IH), 7.43-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.17-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.86 (s, IH), 6.74 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 4.37 (broad singlet, 2H), 4.08 (broad singlet, 2H), 3.45 (s, 3H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 2.80 (m, IH), 1.18 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H).
EXAMPLE 37
Figure imgf000078_0001
Methyl{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethyU[3-pyridin-4-yl-5- (trifluoromethvDbenzyHcarbamate
Methyl[3-iodo-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yl]methyl }carbamate (Example 119, 20 mg, 0.03 mmol) and pyridine-4-boronic acid (4.6 mg, 0.04 mmol) were placed in a microwave tube in a microwave tube, and dissolved with dimethyl ethylene glycol (170 μL). Next, 2M Na2C03 (38 μL), ethanol (42 μL), and water (56 μL) were added. The solution was degassed with nitrogen for 2 minutes. Pd(PPh3)4 (3.5 mg, 0.003 mmol) was added and the solution was degassed with nitrogen again for 2 minutes. The solution was sealed and placed in a microwave reactor. The wattage was set for 60 W until the temperature reached 150°C and then the temperature was held at 150°C for twenty minutes. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature, poured into H20 (10 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (10 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 5% to 80% EtOAc/hexanes afforded methylf [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl } [3- pyridin-4-yl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]carbamate. R/= 0.40 (75% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 617.3 (M+l)+. Η NMR (C6D6, 500 MHz, 70°C) δ 8.54 (broad singlet, 2H), 7.70 (s, IH), 7.51 (s, IH), 7.38 (s, IH), 7.35 (d, J = 8.0, IH), 7.28 (s, IH), 7.06 (d, J = 8.0, IH), 7.02 (dd, J = 2.0 Hz, 8.5, IH), 6.89 (m, 2H), 6.83 (d, J = 2.0, IH), 6.58 (d, J = 8.5, IH), 4.45 (broad singlet, 2H), 4.13 (broad singlet, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 2.65 (m, IH), 1.12 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H). EXAMPLE 38
Figure imgf000079_0001
Methyl[3-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyll ( [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yllmethyl lcarbamate
To a solution of CuCl2 (11.9 mg, 0.09 mmol) in acetonitrile (1 mL) was added t-butyl nitrite (11 μL, 0.092 mmol). Next, the solution was cooled to 0°C and methyl[3-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{[5'- isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}carbamate (41 mg, 0.074 mmol) (Example 33) was added as a solution in acetonitrile (1.5 mL). The reaction was slowly warmed to room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and poured into 20% HCl (5 mL). The organic extracts were washed with 20% HCl (2 x 5 mL), H20 (10 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 5% to 80% EtOAc/hexanes afforded methyl[3-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'- methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}carbamate. R/= 0.65 (15% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 574.3 (M+l)+. Η NMR (C6D6, 500 MHz, 70°C) δ 7.68 (s, IH), 7.36 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.30 (s, IH), 7.08-7.05 (m, 4H), 6.83 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 6.60 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 4.35 (broad singlet, 3H), 4.01 (broad singlet, IH), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 2.74 (m, IH), 1.16 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H).
EXAMPLE 39
Figure imgf000080_0001
Methyl[3-(aminocarbonyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyll{ r5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yHmethyl }carbamate
A solution of methyl[3-cyano-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}carbamate (35.0 mg, 0.06 mmol) (Example 36) in DMSO (248 μL) was cooled to 0°C. Next, K2C03 (17.4 mg, 0.05 mmol) was added followed by 30% H202 (42.2 μL), and the reaction was slowly warmed to room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 15 minutes, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and poured into H20 (15 mL). The organic extract was washed with brine (10 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 5% to 80% EtOAc/hexanes afforded methyl[3-(aminocarbonyl)-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}carbamate. R/= 0.45 (20% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 583.3 (M+l)+. Η NMR (C6D6, 500 MHz, 70°C) δ 7.75 (s, IH), 7.68 (s, 2H), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.34 (s, IH), 7.08-7.04 (m, 2H), 6.87 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 6.62 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 5.08 (broad singlet, 2H), 4.41 (broad singlet, 2H), 4.07 (broad singlet, 2H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 2.75 (m, IH), 1.16 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 6H). EXAMPLE 40
Figure imgf000081_0001
Methyl[3-formyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyll { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yllmethyl lcarbamate
A mixture of methyl[3-cyano-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}carbamate (150 mg, 0.26 mmol) (Example 36) and Ptθ2 (30 mg, 0.132 mmol) in 88% formic acid (2 mL) was heated to 60°C. The reaction was stirred at this temperature for 4 hours. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with hexanes (5 mL), loaded on a silica gel column, and purified with 5% to 25% EtOAc/hexanes to afford methyl[3-formyl-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}carbamate. R = 0.34 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 568.2 (M+l)+. Η NMR (C6D6, 500 MHz, 70°C) δ 9.40 (s, IH), 7.67 (broad singlet, IH), 7.64 (s, IH), 7.50 (broad singlet, IH), 7.39 (broad singlet, IH), 7.35 (d, 7 = 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.07-7.03 (m, 2H), 6.85 (d, 7 = 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.60 (d, 7 = 8.5 Hz, IH), 4.40 (broad singlet, 2H), 4.03 (broad singlet, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 2.73 (m, IH), 1.15 (d, 7 = 7.0 Hz, 6H).
EXAMPLE 41
Figure imgf000082_0001
3-{ [{ [5'-Isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethyπ- (methoxycarbonyl)aminolmethyl }-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzoic acid To a solution of methyl[3-formyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl }carbamate (37.0 mg, 0.065 mmol) (Example 40) in THF (123 μL) was added t-butanol (360 μL), 2-methyl 2-butene (123 μL), and a solution of NaC102 (12.9 mg, 0.014 mmol) and NaH2P04 (19.7 mg, 0.014 mmol) in H20 (152μL). The reaction was stirred vigorously for two hours at room temperature, diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), and poured into IN HCl (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL) and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 0.1% acetic acid in 8% MeOH/CH2Cl2 afforded 3-{ [{ [5'-isoρropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}(methoxycarbonyl)amino]methyl}-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzoic acid. R = 0.35 (10% MeOH/CH2Cl2). LCMS = 584.3 (M+l)+. Η NMR (C6D6, 500 MHz, 70°C) δ 8.28 (broad singlet, IH), 8.04 (broad singlet, IH), 7.68 (broad singlet, IH), 7.37-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.07-7.05 (m, 2H), 6.87 (s, IH), 6.62 (d, 7 = 8.0 Hz, IH), 4.43 (broad singlet, 2H), 4.41 (broad singlet, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 2.75 (m, IH), 1.17 (d, 7 = 6.5 Hz, 6H). EXAMPLE 42
Figure imgf000083_0001
Methyir3-(difluoromethyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyll{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethyl)carbamate
A solution of methyl[3-formyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl] { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}carbamate (24.7 mg, 0.044 mmol) (Example 40) in CH2C12 (300 μL) was cooled to 0°C. DAST (92.8μL, 9.6 mmol) was added and the reaction was slowly warmed to room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 24 hours, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), and poured into NaHC03 (10 mL). The organic extract was washed with brine (10 mL), dried over Na2S0 , filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 5% to 25% EtOAc/hexanes afforded methyl[3-(difluoromethyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl] { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy- 4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl }carbamate. R/= 0.42 (25% EtOAc/hexanes) LCMS = 590.3 (M+l)+. Η NMR (C6D6, 500 MHz, 70°C) δ 7.67 (broad singlet, IH), 7.40 (s, IH), 7.34 (d, 7 = 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.29 (broad singlet, IH), 7.22 (broad singlet, IH), 7.07-7.03 (m, 2H), 6.84 (d, 7 = 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.59 (d, 7 = 8.5 Hz, IH), 5.97 (t, 7 = 56 Hz, IH), 4.39 (broad singlet, 2H), 4.01 (broad singlet, 2H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 2.73 (m, IH), 1.15 (d, 7 = 7.0 Hz, 6H). .
EXAMPLE 43
Figure imgf000084_0001
Methyl { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-vnmethyl)r3-(trifluoromethyl)-5- vinylbenzyllcarbamate
A suspension of Ph3PCH3Br (53.4 mg, 0.15 mmol) in THF (500 μL) was cooled to 0°C. potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (256 μL of a 0.5 M solution in toluene, 0.128 mmol) was added slowly and the reaction was kept at 0°C. After fifteen minutes, methyl[3-formyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'- isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl }carbamate (24.2 mg, 0.043 mmol)
(Example 40) was dissolved in THF (1 mL) and was added via cannula to the reaction which was then slowly warmed to room temperature. After fifteen minutes at room temperature, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), and poured into NaHC03 (10 mL). The organic extract was washed with brine (10 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 5% to 25% EtOAc/hexanes afforded methyl { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-( trifluoromethyl)bipheny 1-2- yl]methyl}[3-(trifluoromethyl)-5-vinylbenzyl]carbamate. R = 0.42 (25% EtOAc/hexanes) LCMS = 566.2 (M+l)+. Η NMR (C6D6, 500 MHz, 70°C) δ 7.68 (broad singlet, IH), 7.36 (s, IH), 7.34 (d, 7 = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.15 (broad singlet, IH), 7.10 (d, 7 = 10.5 Hz, IH), 7.03 (d, 7 = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.01 (dd, 7 = 8.5, 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.81 (d, 7 = 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.54 (d, 7 = 8.5 Hz, IH), 6.32-6.27 (m, IH), 5.40 (d, 7 = 18 Hz, IH), 4.97 (d, 7 = 11 Hz, IH), 4.37 (broad singlet, 2H), 4.04 (broad singlet, 2H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 2.69 (m, IH), 1.12 (d, 7 = 7.0 Hz, 6H). EXAMPLE 44
Figure imgf000085_0001
Methyir3-ethyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzvn( r5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yll methyl lcarbamate
A solution of methyl{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl } [3- (trifluoromethyl)-5-vinylbenzyl]carbamate (14 mg, 0.025 mmol) (Example 44) and Pd/C (5 mg) in THF (1 mL) and MeOH (500 μL) was placed under hydrogen. The reaction was stirred at room temperature under hydrogen for two hours. The reaction was then diluted with hexanes (25 mL), loaded on a silica gel column, and purified with 20% EtOAc/hexanes to afford methyl[3-ethyl-5-
(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}carbamate. R/= 0.31 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 568.3 (M+l)+. Η NMR (C6D6, 500 MHz, 70°C) δ 7.72 (broad singlet, IH), 7.34 (d, 7 = 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.20 (s, IH), 7.10 (s, IH), 7.07 (d, 7 = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (dd, 7 = 2.0 Hz, 8.5, IH), 7.01 (broad singlet, IH), 6.86 (d, 7 = 2.5 Hz, IH), 6.59 (d, 7 = 8.5 Hz, IH), 4.44 (broad singlet, 2H), 4.11 (broad singlet, 2H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 2.73 (m, IH), 2.25 (q, 7 = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.15 (d, 7 = 7.0 Hz, 6H), 0.92 (t, 7 = 7.5 Hz, 3H).
EXAMPLE 45
Figure imgf000086_0001
Methyl {[5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethylU3-(methylsulfinyl)-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzyllcarbamate
Methyl{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}[3-(methylthio)-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzyl]carbamate (21.7 mg, 0.037 mmol) (Example 129) in CH2C12 (1 mL) was cooled to -78°C. Next, m-CPBA (8.3 mg, 0.037 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at -78°C for fifteen minutes, then was warmed to -45°C, and after five minutes at -45°C was poured into NaHS03 (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL), and the organic extracts were washed with water (lOmL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na2S0 , filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 50% EtOAc/hexanes afforded methyl { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}[3-(methylsulfιnyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]carbamate. R/= 0.20 (50% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 602.2 (M+l)+. Η NMR (C6D6, 500 MHz, 70°C) δ 7.63 (broad singlet, IH), 7.54 (broad singlet, IH), 7.48 (broad singlet, IH), 7.33 (s, IH), 7.32 (s, IH), 7.07-7.05 (m, 2H), 6.89 (s, IH), 6.62 (d, 7 = 8.0 Hz, IH), 4.41 (broad singlet, 2H), 4.04 (broad singlet, 2H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 2.75 (m, IH), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.16 (d, 7 = 6.5 Hz, 6H).
EXAMPLE 46
Figure imgf000087_0001
Methyl ( [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethylU3-(methylsulfonyl)-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzyllcarbamate
Methyl { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}[3-(methylthio)-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzyl]carbamate (18.0 mg, 0.031 mmol) (Example 129) in CH2C12 (1 mL) was cooled to 0°C. Next, m-CPBA (17.3 mg, 0.078 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at 0°C for fifteen minutes and then was poured into NaHS03 (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL), and the organic extracts were washed with water (lOmL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 50% EtOAc/hexanes afforded methyl { [5'- isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}[3-(methylsulfonyl)-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzyl]carbamate. R,= 0.61 (50% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 618.2 (M+l)+. Η NMR (C6D6) 500 MHz, 70°C) δ 8.01 (s, IH), 7.73 (s, IH), 7.59 (broad singlet, IH), 7.44 (broad singlet, IH), 7.32 (d, 7 = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.06 (s, IH), 7.05 (s, IH), 6.87 (d, 7 = 2.5 Hz, IH), 6.63 (d, 7 = 8.5 Hz, IH), 4.39 (broad singlet, 2H), 3.96 (broad singlet, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 2.75 (m, IH), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.16 (d, 7 = 7.0 Hz, 6H).
EXAMPLE 47
Figure imgf000088_0001
Methyl( [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethylH(l-oxidopyridin-3- vDmethyllcarbamate
To a solution of methyl { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}(pyridin-3- ylmethyl)carbamate (12 mg, 0.025 mmol) (Example 123) in CH2C12 (400 μL) was added m-CPBA (28 mg, 0.13 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for two hours and then was poured into NaHS03 (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL), and the organic extracts were washed with water (lOmL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 10 to 20% MeOH/EtOAc afforded methyl { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}[(l-oxidopyridin-3-yl)methyl]carbamate. R = 0.36 (20% MeOH/EtOAc). LCMS = 489.2 (M+l)+. Η NMR (C6D6, 500 MHz, 70°C) δ 6.21-8.22 (m, aromatics, 10H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.89 (m, IH), 1.19 (d, 7 = 7.0 Hz, 6H).
EXAMPLE 48
Figure imgf000089_0001
Methyl {2-[3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyllethylH r5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl- 2-yllmethyl lcarbamate
Step A 2-[3.5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyll-/V-U5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yllmethyl) acetamide
A solution of 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenylacetic acid (105.3 mg, 0.387 mmol) in CH2C12 (5 mL) was cooled to 0 °C. N.N-diisopropylethylamine (169 μL, 0.968 mmol) was added, followed by HATU (139 mg, 0.3667 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 0 °C for 2 minutes and then a solution of l-[5'-isopropyl- 2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methanamine (62.5 mg, 0.193 mmol) in CH2CI2 (2 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at 0 °C and then diluted with EtOAc (75 mL). The organics were washed with saturated NaHC03 and brine (25 mL each), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography with 100% CH2C12 gave 2-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-N-{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yl]methyl} acetamide. R, = 0.26 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 578.2 (M+l)". Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.79 (s, IH), 7.70 (s, 2H), 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.33 (d, 7 = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.25 (m, IH), 6.97 (d, 7 = 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.91 (d, 7 = 8.5 Hz, IH), 5.84 (bs, IH), 4.48 (dd, 7 = 15.1, 6.6 Hz, IH), 4.20 (dd, 7 = 14.9, 4.3 Hz, IH), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.55 (s, 2H), 2.88 (m, IH), 1.24 (d, 7 = 6.8 Hz, 6H). Step B: { 2-f 3,5-Bis(trifluoromethvnphenvπethyl \ 1 [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethyl}amine
To a solution of 2-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-/V-{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}acetamide (77.6 mg, 0.134 mmol) in THF (4.4 mL) was added BH3 (1.34 mL of a IM solution in THF, 1.34 mmol). The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature and then 1 N HCl (10 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 5 minutes and then adjusted to a slightly basic pH with 1 N NaOH. The mixture was then extracted with CH2C12 (4 x 20 mL). The organic extracts were dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography with 25 to 40% EtOAc/hexanes gave {2-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl } { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yljmethyl} amine. R = 0.17 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 564.3 (M+l)". Η NMR (CD2C12, 500 MHz) δ 7.75 (s, IH), 7.73 (s, IH), 7.64 (s, 2H), 7.53 (d, 7 = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.30 (d, 7 = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.24 (dd, 7 = 8.2, 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.98 (d, 7 = 2.3 Hz, IH), 6.91 (d, 7 = 8.5 Hz, IH), 3.58-3.73 (m, 5H), 2.88 (m, IH), 2.74-2.81 (m, 4H), 1.22 (d, 7 = 6.9 Hz, 6H).
Step C: Methylf 2-r3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyllethvπ ( [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-vHmethyl lcarbamate
To a solution of amine {2-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl} { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl] methyl [amine (16.6 mg, 0.0295 mmol) in CH2C12 (2 mL) was added methyl chloroformate (5 μL, 0.059 mmol) followed by N,N-diisopropylethylamine (20 μL, 0.116 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and then poured into saturated NaHC03 (15 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (40 mL) and the organic layer was washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na2S0 , filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography with 25% EtOAc/hexanes yielded methyl { 2-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl } { [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl [carbamate. Rf = 0.24 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 622.2
(M+l)". Η NMR (C6D6 at 70 °C, 600 MHz) δ 7.74 (bs, IH), 7.62 (s, IH), 7.36 (d, 7 = 7.0 Hz, IH), 7.22 (s, 2H), 7.07 (m, 2H), 6.88 (s, IH), 6.63 (d, 7 = 8.1 Hz, IH), 4.30 (bs, 2H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 2.97-3.04 (m, 2H), 2.75 (m, IH), 2.33 (bs, 2H), 1.17 (d, 7 = 6.4 Hz, 6H). EXAMPLE 49
Methyl[3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll[2-cvano-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyllcarbamate To a solution of Example 5 dissolved in DMF (1.5 mL) was added CuCN (20 mg, 0.22 mmol) and the resultant mixture was heated at 100 °C for 16 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, poured into NH OH (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAC (4 x 30 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with H20 and brine (10 mL each), dried over MgS0 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (0 to 25% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded the title compound as a colorless oil. LCMS = 485 (M+l)". H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.81 (s, IH), 7.78 (d, 7=7.7 Hz, IH), 7.67-7.31 (m, 4H), 4.82 (br s, 2H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 50
Methyl[3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzvn[2-formyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyllcarbamate Example 49 (85 mg, 0.18 mmol) was dissolved in 80% aqueous formic acid (5 mL) and platinum oxide (80% hydrate, 4.0 mg, 0.018 mmol) was added in one portion. The reaction was heated at 60 °C for 16 h and the platinum removed by filtration. H20 (15 mL) was added and the mixture extracted with diethyl ether (4 x 30 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with H20 and brine (10 mL each), dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (0 to 25% EtOAc/hexanes) gave the title compound as a colorless oil. LCMS = 488 (M+l)". Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 10.21 (s, IH), 7.96 (d, 7= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.81 (s, IH), 7.79 (d, 7= 8.0 Hz, IH), 1.12-1.55 (m, 3H), 5.18 (br, s, 2H0, 4.78 (br s, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H
Following the procedures outlined for Examples 1-50 the compounds listed in Tables 2-5 were prepared.
Table 2
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000092_0002
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000096_0001
Figure imgf000097_0002
Table 3
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000097_0003
Figure imgf000098_0001
Table 4
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
Table 5
Figure imgf000102_0001
Figure imgf000102_0002
EXAMPLE 134
Figure imgf000103_0001
Methyl [3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll[2-isoquinolin-4-yl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzvncarbamate To a solution of methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl](2-iodo-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)carbamate (41 mg, 0.070 mmol) (Example 5) in 3:2 EtOH:toluene, 4 -isoquinolineboronic acid (18.2 mg, 0.105 mmol) and 2.5 M sodium carbonate (0.175 mmol) were added. The solution was degassed, followed by the addition of a catalytic amount of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium. The solution was stirred at 95- 100°C until completion of the reaction. Upon cooling, the solvent was removed in vacuo. The desired product was obtained by preparative thin layer chromatography using 25% acetone/hexane. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 9.36 (s, IH), 8.38 (s, IH), 8.10-8.13 (m, IH), 7.68-7.80 (m, 4H), 7.26-7.64 (m, 5H), 4.22-4.48 (m, 4H), 3.64-3.78 (m, 3H). LC-MS (M+l) 587.2 (3.48 min).
EXAMPLE 135
Figure imgf000104_0001
/V-[3.5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzy11-/V-{ [5'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yllmethyl} acetamide
Step A: /v'-[2-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyll-/V-[3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll-acetamide To a solution of [2-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl][3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl] amine (Example 3) (270 mg, 0.65 mmol) in methylene chloride at 0 °C, acetic anhydride (0.061 mL, 0.65 mmol) in methylene chloride and then triethylamine were added (0.018 mL, 0.13 mmol). The solution was stirred for 0.5 hours at 0 °C. This solution was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The title compound was purified by column chromatography using 40% EtOAC/hexane. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.80 (s, IH), 7.56 (s, 2H), 7.30 (d, 7 = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.04 (s, IH), 6.65 (d, 7 = 8.5 Hz, IH), 4.67 (s, 2H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 2.22 (s, 3H). Step B: /V-r3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll-/V-[2-iodo-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyll acetamide To a solution of the title compound from Step A (58 mg, 0.127 mmol) in chloroform at room temperature, n-amyl nitrite (0.025 mL, 0.191 mmol) was added. The solution was stirred for 5 minutes and then iodine (65 mg, 0.254 mmol) was added. This solution was stirred at 70 °C for 1 hour. Upon cooling to room temperature, the organic solution was washed with saturated sodium thiosulfate and brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The title compound was purified by column chromatography using 25% EtOAc/hexane. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): a 1:2 mixture of rotamers δ 8.01 (d, 7 = 8.0 Hz, 2/3H), 7.93 (d, 7 = 8.0 Hz, 1/3H), 7.84 (s, 1/3H), 7.79 (s, 2/3H), 7.67 (s, 4/3H), 7.60 (s, 2/3H), 7.43 (s, 1/3H), 7.29 (d, 7 = 8.0 Hz, 2/3H), 7.23 (m, IH), 4.78 (s, 2/3H), 4.72 (s, 4/3H), 4.68 (s, 2/3H), 4.55 (s, 4/3H), 2.32 (s, IH), 2.27 (s, 2H). Step C: /V-13.5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzvn-V-< 15'-isopropyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yll methyl [acetamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 6, but using (5- isopropyl-2-methoxyphenyl)boronic acid. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): a mixture of 1:3 rotamers δ 7.76 (m, IH), 7.58-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.37 (m, 3H), 6.8-6.94 (m, 3H), 3.69 (s, 9/4H), 3.62 (s, 3/4H), 2.79-2.91 (m, IH), 2.09 (s, 3/4H), 2.01 (s, 9/4H), 1.15-1.26 (m, 6H). LC-MS (M+l) 592.0 (4.60 min).
EXAMPLE 136
Figure imgf000105_0001
Methyl [3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyn{ [5'-(hydroxymethyl)-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yllmethyl ) carbamate
Sodium borohydride (9.9 mg, 0.262 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl [3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-formyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}carbamate (Example 73, 78 mg, 0.131 mmol) in methanol at room temperature. The reaction was stirred for one hour, then solvent was removed in vacuo. The title compound was obtained by column chromatography using 3:7 acetone/hexane. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.25 (s, IH), 7.30-7.62 (m, 6H), 7.08 (m, IH), 6.94 (m, IH), 4.64 (s, 2H), 4.15-4.40 (m, 4H), 3.64-3.74 (m, 6H). LC-MS (M-17) 578.0 (4.09 min). EXAMPLE 137
Figure imgf000106_0001
Methyl [3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll { [5'-(fluoromethyl)-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yllmethyl [carbamate
Diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (0.014 mL, 0.103 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of methyl [3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-(hydroxymethyl)-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yl] methyl [carbamate (Example 136, 41 mg, 0.069 mmol) in anhydrous methylene chloride at 0 °C. The reaction was gradually warmed to room temperature until the reaction was complete. At this time, the reaction was re-cooled to 0 °C and water was added. The organic layer was diluted with methylene chloride, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The title compound was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography using 15% acetone/hexane.
EXAMPLE 138
Figure imgf000107_0001
Methyl [3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll{ [5'-(difluoromethyl)-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yll methyl [carbamate
Diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (0.024 mL, 0.179 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of methyl [3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-formyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}carbamate (Example 73, 53 mg, 0.089 mmol) in anhydrous methylene chloride at 0 °C. The reaction was gradually warmed to room temperature until the reaction was complete. At this time, the reaction was re-cooled to 0 °C, and water was added. The organic layer was diluted with methylene chloride, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The title compound was purified by column chromatography using 1:3 EtOAc:hexane. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.77 (s, IH), 7.63 (d, 7 = 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.36-7.60 (m, 4H), 7.35 (d, 7 = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.26 (s, IH), 7.04 (d, 7 = 7.5 Hz, IH), 6.65 (t, 7 = 56.5 Hz, IH), 4.20-4.60 (m, 4H), 3.75 (m, 6H). LC-MS (M+Na) 638.3 (4.34 min).
EXAMPLE 139
Figure imgf000108_0001
Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzvπ ( [2'-methoxy-5'-(2.2.2-trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethyUcarbamate
To a solution of methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-formyl-2'-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}carbamate (Example 73, 184 mg, 0.31 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran at 0 °C, 0.5 M trimethyl(trifluoromethyl) silane (2.5 mL, 1.24 mmol) and a catalytic amount of tetrabutylammonium fluoride were added. The reaction was stirred with gradual warming to room temperature. Once the reaction was complete, it was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution. The organic was extracted with methylene chloride, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The title compound was obtained by preparative thin layer chromatography using 1:4 acetone:hexane. Η NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz) δ 7.74 (s, IH), 7.61 (m, IH), 7.15-7.56 (m, 6H), 6.99 (m, IH), 4.97 (m, IH), 4.19-4.38 (m, 4H), 3.61-3.76 (m, 6H). LC-MS (M+Na) 686.9 (4.28 min).
EXAMPLE 140
Figure imgf000109_0001
Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll { [5'-( l-hydroxyethyl)-2,-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yllmethyl [carbamate
Methylmagnesium bromide (0.59 mL, 0.83 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of methyl [3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-formyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}carbamate (Example 73, 289 mg, 0.49 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran at 0 °C. The solution was allowed to warm to room temperature. Once the reaction was complete, saturated ammonium chloride solution was added to quench the reaction. The mixture was extracted with methylene chloride, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The title compound was obtained by flash chromatography using 30% acetone/hexane. Η NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz) δ 7.73 (s, IH), 7.58 (m, IH), 7.32-7.51 (m, 5H), 7.11 (m, IH), 6.94 (m, IH), 4.87 (m, IH), 4.25-4.43 (m, 4H), 3.69 (m, 6H), 1.48 (d, 7 = 4.2 Hz, 3H). LC-MS (M+Na) 632.0 (4.18 min).
EXAMPLE 141
Figure imgf000110_0001
Methyl ( [5'-acetyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethyl 1 [3.5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyllcarbamate
Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]{ [5'-(l-hydroxyethyl)-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yl]methyl [carbamate (Example 140, 29 mg, 0.048 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride, and Dess- Martin periodinane (31mg, 0.072 mmol) was added. Once the reaction was complete, the solution was diluted in diethyl ether and washed sequentially with saturated sodium thiosulfate, saturated sodium bicarbonate and water. The aqueous extracts were combined and back extracted with diethyl ether then recombined with the previous organic layers. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The title compound was obtained by preparative thin layer chromatography using 2:3 EtOAc:hexane. Η NMR (CDC13( 600 MHz) δ 8.02 (d, 7 = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.76 (d, 7 = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.73 (s, IH), 7.61 (d, 7 = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.32-7.55 (m, 4H), 6.99 (m, 1H),4.18-4.58 (m, 4H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.69-3.76 (m, 3H), 2.57 (s, 3H). LC-MS (M+l) 608.3 (4.19 min).
EXAMPLE 142
Figure imgf000111_0001
Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll ( [2'-methoxy-5'-(pentafluoroethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-
2-yllmethyll carbamate
Step A: Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyH { [2'-methoxy-5'-(trifluoroacetyl)-4-
(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethvUcarbamate
Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl] { [2'-methoxy-5'-(2,2,2-trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-4-
(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yl]methyl}carbamate (Example 139, 29 mg, 0.048 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride, and Dess-Martin periodinane (31mg, 0.072 mmol) was added. Once the reaction was complete, the solution was diluted in diethyl ether and washed sequentially with saturated sodium thiosulfate, saturated sodium bicarbonate and water. The aqueous extracts were combined and back extracted with diethyl ether, then recombined with the previous organic layers. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The title compound was obtained by preparative thin layer chromatography using 1:3 acetone:hexane.
Step B: Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll { [2'-methoxy-5'-(pentafluoroethyl)-4-
(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethyπcarbamate
Diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (0.008 mL, 0.058 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of Methyl
[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl] { [2'-methoxy-5'-(trifluoroacetyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yl] methyl [carbamate (Step A) (19 mg, 0.029 mmol) in anhydrous methylene chloride at 0 °C. The reaction was gradually warmed to room temperature until the reaction was complete. At this time, the reaction was re-cooled to 0 °C, and water was added to quench. The organic layer was diluted with methylene chloride, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated.
The desired product was purified by column chromatography using 30% EtOAc/hexane. Η NMR (CDCI3, 600 MHz) δ 7.74 (s, IH), 7.60-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.54 (m, 5H), 7.06 (d, 7 = 9.0 Hz, IH), 4.16- 4.59 (m, 4H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.68 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 143
Figure imgf000112_0001
Methyl f3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll{ 12'-methoxy-5'-(2,2,2-trifluoro-l-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethyl [carbamate
The title compound from Example 142, Step A (7 mg, 0.027 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF at 0 °C. Methylmagnesium bromide (0.023 mL, 0.032 mmol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature. Once the reaction was complete, saturated ammonium chloride solution was added to quench the reaction. The mixture was extracted with methylene chloride, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The title compound was obtained by flash chromatography using 30% acetone/hexane. Η NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz) δ 7.73 (s, IH), 7.30-7.61 (m, 7H), 6.98 (m, IH), 4.19-4.62 (m, 4H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.64-3.71 (m, 3H), 1.75-1.78 (m, 3H). LC-MS (M+Na) 699.8 (4.35 min).
- I l l EXAMPLE 144
Figure imgf000113_0001
Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyn { [2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)-5'-(2,2,2-trifluoro-l- methylethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethyllcarbamate
Step A: Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll({2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)-5'-[l-
(trifluoromethyl)vinvnbiphenyl-2-yllmethyl)carbamate
Methanesulfonyl chloride was added to the title compound from Example 143, Step A (45 mg, 0.068 mmol) in methylene chloride at 0 °C. The solution was stirred at the same temperature until starting material was consumed. The solution was washed with water, then brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The product was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography using 15% EtOAc/hexane.
Step B: The title compound from Step A (10 mg, 0.017 mmol) was hydrogenated at 1 atm in methanol using Pd/C as the catalyst. The solution was filtered through Celite then concentrated. The title compound was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography using 1:4 EtOAc:hexane.
EXAMPLE 145
Figure imgf000114_0001
2'-{ [[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyn(methoxycarbonyl)amino1methyl}-6-methoxy-4'- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid
Jones Reagent (0.10 mL, 0.382 mmol) was added to a solution of the title compound from Example 136, Step A (113 mg, 0.191 mmol) in acetone. The solution was stirred at room temperature. Upon completion of the reaction, i-PrOH was added to quench the reaction. The solution was filtered, and the filtrate was taken up in diethyl ether and water. The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 8.16 (s, IH), 7.84 (s, IH), 7.74 (s, IH), 7.63 (d, 7 = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.45-7.58 (m, 3H), 7.35 (d, 7 = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.02 (d, 7 = 8.0 Hz, IH), 4.20-4.60 (m, 4H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.74 (m, 3H). LC-MS (M+l) 609.9 (4.01 min).
EXAMPLE 146
Figure imgf000115_0001
Methyl 2'-{ [r3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzvn(methoxycarbonyl)aminolmethyl)-6-methoxy-4'- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-3-carboxylate
(Trimethylsilyl)diazomethane (0.059 mL, 0.117 mmol) was added to a solution of the title compound from Example 135 (32 mg, 0.053 mmol) in diethyl ether at 0 °C. The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature until completion. It was quenched with a few drops of trifluoroacetic acid then concentrated. The title compound was obtained by preparative thin layer chromatography using 30% acetone/hexane. Η NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz) δ 8.09 (s, IH), 7.79 (s, IH), 7.72 (s, IH), 7.60 (d, 7 = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.43-7.58 (m, 3H), 7.32 (d, 7 = 7.8 Hz, IH), 6.97 (m, IH), 4.17-4.60 (m, 4H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.74 (m, 3H). LC-MS (M+Na) 645.9 (4.40 min).
EXAMPLE 147
Figure imgf000116_0001
Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzvn{[2'-methoxy-5'-f(methylamino)carbonyll-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-vnmethyl [carbamate
A mixture of the title compound from Example 145 (22 mg, 0.036 mmol), methylamine hydrochloride (3.6 mg, 0.054 mmol), l-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (10.3 mg, 0.054 mmol), 1 -hydroxy benzotriazole hydrate (7.3 mg, 0.054 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.02 mL, 0.108 mmol) were stirred in methylene chloride overnight at room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The title compound was obtained by preparative thin layer chromatography using 70% EtOAc/hexane. Η NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz) δ 7.81 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, IH), 7.73 (s, IH), 7.59 (d, 7 = 7.S Hz, IH), 7.34-7.56 (m, 4H), 7.32 (d, 7 = 7.8 Hz, IH), 6.97 (d, 7 = 7.8 Hz, IH), 6.14 (br s, IH), 4.19-4.42 (m, 4H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.73 (m, 3H), 3.00 (m, 3H). LC-MS (M+l) 622.9 (3.96 min).
EXAMPLE 148
Figure imgf000117_0001
Methyl r3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll { [2'-methoxy-5'-(3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethyl [carbamate
Oxalyl chloride (0.14 mL, 0.28 mmol) and a few drops of dimethylformamide were added to a solution of the title compound from Example 145 (86 mg, 0.14 mmol) in methylene chloride. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h then concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was re-dissolved in anhydrous dichloroethane, and acetamide oxime (16 mg, 0.21 mmol) was added along with a few drops of dimethylformamide to increase solubility. The reaction was heated to and maintained at reflux overnight. Once the reaction cooled to room temperature, the solvent was removed through evaporation. The oil was taken up in methylene chloride, washed with water, then brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The title compound was obtained by preparative thin layer chromatography using 50% EtOAc/hexane. Η NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz) δ 8.15 (s, IH), 7.86 (s, IH), 7.71 (s, IH), 7.62 (d, 7 = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.43-7.56 (m, 3H), 7.35 (d, 7 = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7. 07 (m, IH), 4.20-4.60 (m, 4H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.70 (m, 3H), 2.46 (s, 3H). LC-MS (M+l) 647.9 (4.40 min).
EXAMPLE 149
Figure imgf000118_0001
Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyπ ( [2'-cyano-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2-yllmethyl [carbamate A mixture of methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl](2-iodo-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)carbamate (29 mg, 0.050 mmol), 2-cyanophenylboronic acid (10.9 mg, 0.074 mmol), potassium fluoride (8.7 mg, 0.149 mmol), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino(biphenyl) ligand (0.7 mg, 0.002 mmol) and a catalytic amount of palladium acetate was stirred in dioxane overnight at 80 °C. The title compound was obtained by preparative thin layer chromatography using 20% EtOAc/hexane. Η NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz) δ 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.68 (d, 7 = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.64 (t, 7 = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.58 (t, 7 = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.52 (m, 3H), 7.39 (d, 7 = 7.2 Hz, IH), 7.24 (m, IH), 4.30-4.55 (m, 4H), 3.71 (s, 3H). LC-MS (M+l) 561.0 (4.29 min).
EXAMPLE 150
Figure imgf000118_0002
Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyll { [5'-ethyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yll methyl [carbamate Step A: 2-Iodo-4-ethylanisole
A mixture of silver sulfate (1.15 g, 3.68 mmol) and iodine (0.93 g, 3.68 mmol) were stirred in methanol at room temperature. A solution of p-ethylanisole (0.50 g, 3.68 mmol) in methanol was added dropwise to the stirring mixture. The mixture was stirred at room temperature until completion of the reaction. It was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in methylene chloride, washed with 1 N sodium hydroxide, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The title compound was obtained without further purification. Η NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.64 (d, 7 = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.15 (dd, 7 = 8.5, 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.77 (d, 7 = 8.0 Hz, IH), 3.88 (s, 3H), 2.58 (q, 7 = 15.5, 8.0 Hz, 2H), 1.23 (t, 7 = 7.5 Hz, 3H).
Step B: 2-(5-Ethyl-2-methoxyphenylV4,4,5.5-tetramethyl-l,3.2-dioxaborolane To a mixture of bispinacolatodiboron (0.70 g, 2.95 mmol), potassium acetate (0.67 g, 6.81 mmol) and dichlor[l,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium (II) dichloromethane adduct (55 mg, 0.068 mmol) in dioxane, 4-ethyl-2-iodoanisole (0.595 g, 2.27 mmol) from Step A was added. The reaction was stirred at 80 °C for 4 h then cooled to room temperature. After filtration to remove insoluble material, the solution was diluted in ethyl acetate, washed with water then brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The title compound was obtained by flash chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane. Η NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz) δ 7.50 (d, 7 = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.22 (dd, 7 = 8.4, 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.80 (d, 7 = 8.4 Hz, 1H),3.82 (s, 3H), 2.59 (q, 7 = 15.6, 7.8 Hz, 2H), 1.36 (s, 12H), 1.22 (t, 7 = 7.8 Hz, 3H). LC-MS (M+l) 263.3 (3.90 min).
Step C: Methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzvπ { [5'-ethyl-2'-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-2- yll methyl } carbamate A mixture of methyl [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl](2-iodo-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)carbamate (105 mg, 0.18 mmol) (Example 5), the title compound from Step B (58 mg, 0.22 mmol), anhydrous potassium carbonate (50 mg, 0.36 mmol), dichloro[l,l'-bis(diphenylphospino) ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloromethane adduct (14.7 mg, 0.018 mmol), and a catalytic amount of palladium acetate in anhydrous dioxane were stirred at 80 °C for approximately 40 hours. The solvent was removed in vacuo, and the title compound was obtained by preparative thin layer chromatography using 60% CH2Cl2/hexane. Η NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz) δ 7.71 (s, IH), 7.56 (d, 7 = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.32 (d, 7 = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.25 (m, IH), 7.21 (m, IH), 6.88 (d, 7 = 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.87 (m, IH), 4.23-4.56 (m, 4H), 3.74 (m, 3H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.24 (m, 3H). LC-MS (M+l) 594.0 (4.76 min).

Claims

WE CLAIM:
A compound having Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Figure imgf000120_0001
i Al is selected from the group consisting of: (a) an aromatic ring selected from phenyl and naphthyl; (b) a phenyl ring fused to a 5-7 membered non-aromatic cycloalkyl ring, which optionally comprises 1-2 double bonds; (c) a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, and optionally also comprising 1-3 double bonds and a carbonyl group or -N(O)- group, wherein the point of attachment of A 1 to the attached phenyl ring is a carbon atom; and (d) a benzoheterocyclic ring comprising a phenyl ring fused to a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, and S, and optionally 1-2 double bonds, wherein the point of attachment of Al to the attached phenyl ring is a carbon atom; A2 is selected from the group consisting of: (a) an aromatic ring selected from phenyl and naphthyl; (b) a phenyl ring fused to a 5-7 membered non-aromatic cycloalkyl ring, which optionally comprises 1-2 double bonds; (c) a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, and optionally also comprising 1-3 double bonds and a carbonyl group or -N(O)- group; (d) a benzoheterocyclic ring comprising a phenyl ring fused to a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, and S, and optionally 1-2 double bonds; and (e) a -C3-C8 cycloalkyl ring optionally having 1-3 double bonds; wherein Al and A2 are each optionally substituted with 1-5 substituent groups independently selected from Ra; Each Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of -C1-C6 alkyl, -C2-C alkenyl, -C2-C alkynyl, -C3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally having 1-3 double bonds, -0Cι-C6alkyl, -OC2-C6 alkenyl, -OC2-C6 alkynyl, -OC3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally having 1-3 double bonds, -C(=0)Cι-C6alkyl, -C(=0)C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -C(=0)H, -CO2H, -Cθ2Cι-C6alkyl, -C(=0)SCι-C6alkyl, -NRIORI I , - C(=0)NRlθRll, -NRlOC(=0)OCι-C6 alkyl, -NR10C(=O)NR10R11, -S(0)xCι -CO alkyl, -S(0)yNRlθRl l, -NRl0S(O)yNRl0Rl l, halogen, -CN, -NO2, and a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, said heterocyclic ring optionally also comprising a carbonyl group and optionally also comprising 1-3 double bonds, wherein for compounds in which Ra is selected from the group consisting of a heterocyclic ring, -C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -OC3-C8 cycloalkyl, and -C(=0)C3-C8 cycloalkyl, the heterocyclic ring and -C3-C8 cycloalkyl groups of Ra are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituent groups independently selected from halogen, -C1-C3 alkyl, and -OC1 -C3 alkyl, wherein -C1-C3 alkyl, and -OC1-C3 alkyl are optionally substituted with 1-7 halogens, wherein for compounds in which Ra is selected from the group consisting of -C1-C6 alkyl, -C2-C6 alkenyl, -C2-C6 alkynyl, -OCi -Cόalkyl, -OC2-C6 alkenyl, -OC2-C6 alkynyl, -C(=0)Cι - Cόalkyl, -Cθ2Cι-C6alkyl,
Figure imgf000121_0001
alkyl, and -S(0)X -C6 alkyl, the alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups of Ra are optionally substituted with 1-15 halogens and are optionally also substituted with 1-3 substituent groups independently selected from (a) -OH, (b) -CN, (c)
-NRIORI I, (d) -C3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally having 1-3 double bonds and optionally substituted with 1- 15 halogens, (e) -OCι-C4alkyl optionally substituted with 1-9 halogens and optionally also substituted with 1-2 substituent groups independently selected from -OCι-C2 alkyl, (f) -OC3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally having 1-3 double bonds and optionally substituted with 1-15 halogens, (g) -CO2H, (h) -C(=0)CH3, and (i) -Cθ2Cι-C4alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-9 halogens; n is an integer selected from 0 and 1; p is an integer from 0-4; x is an integer selected from 0, 1, and 2; y is an integer selected from 1 and 2;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -S(0)xCι-C6 alkyl, -S(0)2NR17R18I -C(=S)OCι-C6alkyl, and -C(=0)X, wherein X is selected from the group consisting of H, -Ci -C alkyl, - OC1-C6 alkyl, -SC1 -C6 alkyl, and -NRlO RU; wherein -C1 -C6 alkyl in all instances is optionally substituted with 1-13 halogens and 1-2 substituents independently selected from -OCi -C3alkyl, -CN, and -NO2, wherein -OCι-C3alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-7 halogens and is optionally also substituted with 1-2 -OC1 -C2 alkyl;
Rl, Rl2, Rl3, R14; R15; and Rl6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogen, -C1 -C4 alkyl, -C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -OC1-C4 alkyl, and -NRIORI I , wherein -C1-C4 alkyl, -C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and -OC1-C4 alkyl are each optionally substituted with 1-9 halogens and are each optionally also substituted with 1-2 groups independently selected from -OH, -C(=0)CH3, -OC(=0)CH3, -OC1-C2 alkyl, and -OC1-C2 alkylene(OCι-C2alkyl);
RlO and RU are each independently selected from H, -C1-C5 alkyl, -C(=0)Cι-C5 alkyl and -S(0)yCι-C5 alkyl, wherein -C1-C5 alkyl in all instances is optionally substituted with 1-11 halogens; and Rl7 and Rl°> are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, -C 1 -C5 alkyl, and -C3-C7 cycloalkyl, wherein -C1-C5 alkyl, and -C3-C7 cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with 1-13 halogens.
2. A compound of Claim 1 having Formula la, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
-& ; N-Z (CH2)n CHR1 I A2 la
Al is selected from the group consisting of: (a) an aromatic ring selected from phenyl and naphthyl; (b) a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, and optionally also comprising 1-3 double bonds and a carbonyl group or -N(O)- group, wherein the point of attachment of A to the attached phenyl ring is a carbon atom; and (c) a bicyclic ring comprising a phenyl ring fused to a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, and S, and optionally 1-2 double bonds, wherein the point of attachment of A to the attached phenyl ring is a carbon atom; wherein Al is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituent groups independently selected from -C1-C5 alkyl, -OC].-C3alkyl, -Cθ2Cι-C3alkyl, -CO2H, halogen, -NRIOR I 1, -C(=0)Cι -C3alkyl, -C(=0)H, -C(=0)NRlθRl 1, -SC1-C3 alkyl, -C2-C3 alkenyl, -CN, -NO2, -C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and a 5-6- membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, and optionally also comprising 1-3 double bonds, wherein -Ci -C3 alkyl and -C1-C5 alkyl in all occurrences are optionally substituted with 1-6 substituents independently selected from 1-5 halogens and one -OH group; and -C3-C6 cycloalkyl and the 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring are optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from halogen and -Ci -C3 alkyl; and -C2-C3 alkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens;
A2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, -C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and a heterocyclic 5-6 membered ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, and S, and optionally also comprising 1-3 double bonds and a carbonyl group or -N(O)- group, wherein A2 is optionally substituted with 1-2 substituent groups independently selected from -C1-C4 alkyl, -OC1-C3 alkyl, -C(=0)Cι -C3alkyl, -C(=0)H, -NO2, -CN, -S(0)xCι-C3 alkyl, -NHS(0)2Cι-C3 alkyl, -NRIORI I, -NRl0C(=O)Rl l, -C2-C3 alkenyl, -C(=O)NR10R11, halogen, -C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, and optionally also comprising 1-3 double bonds, wherein C1-C3 alkyl, Ci -C4 alkyl, and C2-C3alkenyl in all instances are optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens, and -C3-C6 cycloalkyl and the 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring are optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from halogen and -Ci -C3 alkyl; x is an integer selected from 0, 1, and 2; n is an integer selected from 0 and 1 ; Rl is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, C1-C3 alkyl, and -OC1-C3 alkyl, wherein C1-C3 alkyl and -OC1 -C3 alkyl are each optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens and also are optionally substituted with one -OCι-C2alkyl; R2 and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -NRIORI I, -C1-C3 alkyl, -OC1-C3 alkyl, -C2-C3 alkenyl, -C3-C6 cycloalkyl optionally having a double bond, -OC3-C6 cycloalkyl optionally having a double bond,
Figure imgf000124_0001
-C(=0)C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -C(=0)H, -CO2H, -Cθ2Cι-C3alkyl, -C(=O)NR10R11 , -CN, -NO2, and a 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, and optionally 1-3 double bond, wherein C1 -C3 alkyl and -C2-C3 alkenyl in all instances are optionally substituted with 1-5 halogens, and -C3-C6 cycloalkyl and the 5-6-membered heterocyclic ring are in all occurrences optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from halogen, -C1 -C3 alkyl, -OC1-C3 alkyl, -CF3, and -OCF3; and
RlO and Rl are each independently selected from H and -C1-C3 alkyl.
3. The compound of Claim 2, wherein R and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -NRIORI I , -C1-C3 alkyl, -OC1-C3 alkyl, -CN, -NO2, and pyridyl, wherein C1-C3 alkyl in all instances is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
4. The compound of Claim 2 having the formula lb, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
)n
Figure imgf000124_0002
CHR1 lb
5. The compound of Claim 4, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of
H, halogen, -NRIORI I , -C1-C3 alkyl, -OC1-C3 alkyl, -CN, -NO2, and pyridyl, wherein C1 -C3 alkyl in all instances is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CH3, -CF3, -OCH3, and -OCF3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
6. The compound of Claim 4, wherein Al is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, 1-oxidopyridinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, benzofuranyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, indolyl, dihydroindolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, and oxadiazolyl; and A is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, 1- oxidopyridinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, benzofuranyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, indolyl, dihydroindolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; wherein Al and A2 are optionally substituted as in Claim 4, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
7. The compound of Claim 6, wherein A is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, benzofuranyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, indolyl, dihydroindolyl, oxazolyl, and isoxazolyl; and A is selected from phenyl, pyridyl, thienyl, 1-oxidopyridinyl, and cyclohexyl; wherein Al and A2 are optionally substituted as in Claim 4, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
8. The compound of Claim 1 having formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Figure imgf000126_0001
Rl is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, and C1-C3 alkyl, wherein C1 -C3 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -NRIORI 1, -OC1 -C3 alkyl,
C1-C3 alkyl, -CN, -NO2, nd pyridyl, wherein C1-C3 alkyl in all occurrences is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens; R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -C1-C3 alkyl, -OC1 -C2 alkyl,
-SC1-C2 alkyl and -CN, wherein -Ci -C3 alkyl, -SC1-C3 alkyl, and -OC1-C3 alkyl are optionally substituted with 1-3 F;
R and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CH3 and -OCH3, wherein -CH3 and -OCH3 are optionally substituted with 1-3 F;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, -Cι-C5alkyl, -OC1-C3 alkyl, -C2-C3 alkenyl, halogen, -CN, -CO2H, -CO2C1-C3 alkyl, -SC1-C3 alkyl, -C(=O)NR10R1 1, -C(=0)H, -C(=0)Cι-C3 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and 5-(l,2,4-oxadiazolyl), wherein -C1-C3 alkyl and -C1-C5 alkyl in all occurrences is optionally substituted with 1-6 substituent groups independently selected from 1-5 halogens and one -OH, -C2-C3 alkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens, and 1,2,4- oxadiazolyl and C3-C6 cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with 1-2 substituent groups independently selected from halogen and C]- C3 alkyl;
R°> and R9 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, -C1 -C3 alkyl, halogen, -S(0)xCι-C3 alkyl, -NRIORI I , -OCι -C3alkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)NR10R11, -C(=0)H, -NHC(=0)Cι-C3 alkyl, -NHS(0)2Cι-C3 alkyl, CO2H, Cθ2Ci -3alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and pyridyl, wherein C1-C3 alkyl in all occurrences is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens, C2-C3 alkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl and pyridyl are optionally substituted with 1-2 substituent groups independently selected from halogen and C{- C3 alkyl;
RlO and Rl 1 are each H or C1-C3 alkyl;
Z is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000127_0001
alkyl,
Figure imgf000127_0002
alkyl, -S(0)yCι-C3 alkyl, -C(=0)H, -C(O)NR10R11, -C(=0)SCι -C3 alkyl, and -C(=S)OCι-C3 alkyl; n is an integer selected from 0 and 1; x is an integer selected from 0, 1 and 2; and y is an integer selected from 0 and 1.
9. A compound of Claim 8, wherein
Rl is H or CH3;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, -CF3, -OCH3, -NO2, -CN, halogen, -NH2 and 3-pyridyl;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CH3, -C2H5, -OCH3, -OC2H5, -SCH3, and -CN;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of H and F;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, -CH3, and -OCH3;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, Cι -C4alkyl, -C(=0)H, -C(=0)CH3, -CH=CH2, -CN, CI, F, -CO2H, -Cθ2Cι-C3alkyl, -OCH3, -SCH3, -C(=O)NR10R11, and 3-methyl-5- (1,2,4-oxadiazolyl), wherein C]-C4alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-6 substituents which are independently selected from 1-5 F and one -OH;
R8 and R9 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, Cι-C2alkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 F; halogen; -CN; -NO2; -S(0)XCH3, which is optionally substituted with 1-3F; -OCH3, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 F; -CH=CH2; -C(=0)H; -C(=0)NRlθRl l; -CO2H; -NRlORl l; -Cθ2Cι-C3alkyl;-NHC(=0)CH3; -NHS(0)2CH3; and 4-pyridyl; and RlO and Rl 1 are each independently selected from H and CH3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
10. A compound of Claim 9, wherein n is 0, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
11. A compound of Claim 1, which is selected from the following compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure imgf000129_0001
Ex. 12 Ex. 13
Figure imgf000130_0001
Ex. 14 Ex. 19
Figure imgf000130_0002
Ex. 22 Ex. 28
Figure imgf000130_0003
Ex. 29 Ex.30
Figure imgf000131_0001
Ex. 31 Ex. 32
Figure imgf000131_0002
Ex. 33 Ex. 34
Figure imgf000131_0003
Ex. 35 Ex. 36
Figure imgf000132_0001
Ex. 37 Ex. 38
Figure imgf000132_0002
Ex. 39 Ex. 40
Figure imgf000132_0003
Ex. 41 Ex. 42
Figure imgf000133_0001
Ex. 43 Ex. 44
Figure imgf000133_0002
Ex. 45 Ex. 46
Figure imgf000133_0003
Ex. 47 Ex. 48
Figure imgf000134_0001
Ex. 134 Ex. 135
Figure imgf000134_0002
Ex. 136 Ex. 137
Figure imgf000134_0003
Ex. 138 Ex. 139
Figure imgf000135_0001
Ex. 140 Ex. 141
Figure imgf000135_0002
Ex. 142 Ex. 143
Figure imgf000135_0003
Ex. 144 Ex. 145
Figure imgf000136_0001
Ex. 146 Ex. 147
Figure imgf000136_0002
Ex. 148 Ex. 149
Figure imgf000136_0003
Ex. 150
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000137_0002
Figure imgf000137_0003
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000139_0001
Figure imgf000140_0001
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0001
Figure imgf000142_0002
Figure imgf000143_0001
Figure imgf000144_0001
Figure imgf000144_0002
Figure imgf000145_0001
Figure imgf000146_0001
Figure imgf000146_0002
Figure imgf000146_0003
Figure imgf000147_0001
12. A method of treating atherosclerosis in a patient in need of treatment comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Claim 1 to said patient.
13. A method of raising HDL-C in a patient in need of treatment comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount ofthe compound of Claim 1 to said patient.
14. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
15. The use of a compound of Claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of atherosclerosis.
16. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more active ingredients selected from the group consisting of: (a) PPAR gamma agonists and partial agonists; (b) biguanides; (c) protein tyrosine phosphatase-lB (PTP-1B) inhibitors, (d) dipeptidyl peptidase TV (DP-1N) inhibitors; (e) insulin or insulin mimetics; (f) sulfonylureas; (g) oc-glucosidase inhibitors; (h) one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of (a) HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors; (b) bile acid sequestrants; (c) niacin, nicotinyl alcohol, nicotinamide, and nicotinic acid or a salt thereof; (d) PPARα agonists; (e) cholesterol absorption inhibitors; (f) acyl CoA holesterol acyltransferase (ACAT) inhibitors; (g) phenolic anti-oxidants, such as probucol, and (h) a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (MTP)/ApoB secretion inhibitor; (i) PPARα/ydual agonists; (j) PPARδ agonists; (k) antiobesity compounds (1) ileal bile acid transporter inhibitors; (m) anti- inflammatory agents; (n) glucagon receptor antagonists; (o) GLP-1, (p) GIP-1, and (q) GLP-1 analogs.
PCT/US2005/012196 2004-04-13 2005-04-08 Cetp inhibitors WO2005100298A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA2562082A CA2562082C (en) 2004-04-13 2005-04-08 Cetp inhibitors for the treatment and prevention of atherosclerosis
EP05736159.4A EP1737811B1 (en) 2004-04-13 2005-04-08 Cetp inhibitors
US11/578,694 US7737295B2 (en) 2004-04-13 2005-04-08 CETP inhibitors
JP2007508428A JP4922924B2 (en) 2004-04-13 2005-04-08 CETP inhibitor
AU2005233160A AU2005233160B2 (en) 2004-04-13 2005-04-08 CETP inhibitors

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US56161104P 2004-04-13 2004-04-13
US60/561,611 2004-04-13

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2005100298A1 true WO2005100298A1 (en) 2005-10-27

Family

ID=35149924

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2005/012196 WO2005100298A1 (en) 2004-04-13 2005-04-08 Cetp inhibitors

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US7737295B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1737811B1 (en)
JP (1) JP4922924B2 (en)
CN (1) CN1942428A (en)
AU (1) AU2005233160B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2562082C (en)
WO (1) WO2005100298A1 (en)

Cited By (55)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006056854A1 (en) * 2004-11-23 2006-06-01 Pfizer Products Inc. Dibenzyl amine compounds and derivatives
WO2007062314A2 (en) 2005-11-23 2007-05-31 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclic cetp inhibitors
WO2007075194A1 (en) * 2005-12-28 2007-07-05 Reddy Us Therapeutics, Inc. Selective benzylamine derivatives and their utility as cholesterol ester-transfer protein inhibitors
WO2007088996A1 (en) * 2006-01-31 2007-08-09 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Trisubstituted amine compounds as inhibitors of -cholesteryl ester transfer protein cetp
WO2007090749A2 (en) * 2006-02-07 2007-08-16 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Benzamide and heteroarene derivatives as cetp inhibitors
WO2007090748A1 (en) * 2006-02-07 2007-08-16 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Benzamide and heteroarene derivatives
WO2007105049A1 (en) 2006-03-10 2007-09-20 Pfizer Products Inc. Dibenzyl amine derivatives as cetp inhibitors
WO2007105050A1 (en) 2006-03-10 2007-09-20 Pfizer Products Inc. Dibenzyl amine compounds and derivatives
EP1848430A2 (en) * 2004-12-31 2007-10-31 Reddy US Therapeutics, Inc. Novel benzylamine derivatives as cetp inhibitors
WO2007132906A1 (en) * 2006-05-11 2007-11-22 Novartis Ag Benzylamine derivatives as cetp inhibitors
WO2008058961A1 (en) * 2006-11-15 2008-05-22 Novartis Ag Heterocyclic derivatives as cetp inhibitors
WO2008089581A1 (en) 2007-01-26 2008-07-31 Merck Frosst Canada Ltd. Fused aromatic ptp-1b inhibitors
EP1951053A2 (en) * 2005-10-19 2008-08-06 Merck & Co., Inc. Cetp inhibitors
EP1954287A2 (en) * 2005-10-31 2008-08-13 Merck & Co., Inc. Cetp inhibitors
WO2008070496A3 (en) * 2006-12-01 2008-09-18 Bristol Myers Squibb Co N- ( (3-benzyl) -2, 2- (bis-phenyl) -propan-1-amine derivatives as cetp inhibitors for the treatment of atherosclerosis and cardiovascular diseases
WO2008137105A1 (en) 2007-05-07 2008-11-13 Merck & Co., Inc. Method of treatment using fused aromatic compounds having anti-diabetic activity
US7504401B2 (en) 2003-08-29 2009-03-17 Locus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-cancer agents and uses thereof
WO2007041494A3 (en) * 2005-09-30 2009-04-23 Merck & Co Inc Cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors
JP2009517399A (en) * 2005-11-23 2009-04-30 ブリストル−マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニー Heterocyclic CETP inhibitor
WO2009099901A1 (en) * 2008-02-01 2009-08-13 Amira Pharmaceuticals, Inc. N,n-disubstituted aminoalkylbiphenyl antagonists of prostaglandin d2 receptors
WO2009099902A1 (en) * 2008-02-01 2009-08-13 Amira Pharmaceuticals, Inc. N,n-disubstituted aminoalkylbiphenyl antagonists of prostaglandin d2 receptors
EP2149563A1 (en) * 2007-04-13 2010-02-03 Kowa Company. Ltd. Novel pyrimidine compound having dibenzylamine structure, and medicine comprising the compound
JP2010077116A (en) * 2008-08-25 2010-04-08 Kowa Co New pyrimidine compound having dibenzylamine structure and medicine containing the same
WO2010039977A2 (en) * 2008-10-01 2010-04-08 Amira Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl antagonists of prostaglandin d2 receptors
WO2010047982A1 (en) 2008-10-22 2010-04-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
WO2010051206A1 (en) 2008-10-31 2010-05-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
WO2010083136A1 (en) 2009-01-16 2010-07-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Oxadiazole beta carboline derivatives as antidiabetic compounds
WO2010085528A1 (en) 2009-01-23 2010-07-29 Schering Corporation Bridged and fused antidiabetic compounds
WO2010085525A1 (en) 2009-01-23 2010-07-29 Schering Corporation Bridged and fused heterocyclic antidiabetic compounds
WO2010091176A1 (en) 2009-02-05 2010-08-12 Schering Corporation Phthalazine-containing antidiabetic compounds
US7790770B2 (en) 2005-11-23 2010-09-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclic CETP inhibitors
EP2328869A2 (en) * 2008-09-29 2011-06-08 Amira Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl antagonists of prostaglandin d2 receptors
WO2011017201A3 (en) * 2009-08-05 2011-06-16 Amira Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dp2 antagonist and uses thereof
WO2011088025A1 (en) 2010-01-15 2011-07-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Oxadiazole beta carboline derivatives as antidiabetic compounds
WO2011101424A1 (en) 2010-02-19 2011-08-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Tricyclic pyridine derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their preparation
WO2011106273A1 (en) 2010-02-25 2011-09-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
US8232403B2 (en) 2006-05-10 2012-07-31 Novartis Ag Bicyclic derivatives as CETP inhibitors
US8242145B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2012-08-14 Panmira Pharmaceuticals, Llc Cyclic diaryl ether compounds as antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
WO2012110599A1 (en) 2011-02-17 2012-08-23 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Tricyclic pyridine derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their preparation
WO2012116145A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2012-08-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic azabenzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
WO2013024130A1 (en) 2011-08-17 2013-02-21 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Furo[3,4-c]quinoline derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their preparation
US8383654B2 (en) 2008-11-17 2013-02-26 Panmira Pharmaceuticals, Llc Heterocyclic antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
US8426449B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2013-04-23 Panmira Pharmaceuticals, Llc Aminoalkylphenyl antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
WO2013063217A1 (en) * 2011-10-28 2013-05-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Fused bicyclic oxazolidinone cetp inhibitor
US8497381B2 (en) 2008-02-25 2013-07-30 Panmira Pharmaceuticals, Llc Antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
US8524748B2 (en) 2008-10-08 2013-09-03 Panmira Pharmaceuticals, Llc Heteroalkyl biphenyl antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
US8604055B2 (en) 2004-12-31 2013-12-10 Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. Substituted benzylamino quinolines as cholesterol ester-transfer protein inhibitors
WO2014031465A1 (en) 2012-08-22 2014-02-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel azabenzimidazole tetrahydropyran derivatives
WO2014139388A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel indole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
US9688624B2 (en) 2010-01-06 2017-06-27 Brickell Biotech, Inc. DP2 antagonist and uses thereof
CN110639018A (en) * 2019-11-14 2020-01-03 牡丹江医学院 Pharmaceutical composition for preventing and treating senile hypertension and application thereof
WO2021083936A1 (en) 2019-11-01 2021-05-06 Syngenta Crop Protection Ag Pesticidally active fused bicyclic heteroaromatic compounds
WO2022268648A1 (en) 2021-06-24 2022-12-29 Syngenta Crop Protection Ag 2-[3-[1 [(quinazolin-4-yl)amino]ethyl]pyrazin-2-yl]thiazole-5-carbonitrile derivatives and similar compounds as pesticides
WO2023247360A1 (en) 2022-06-21 2023-12-28 Syngenta Crop Protection Ag Pesticidally active fused bicyclic heteroaromatic compounds
WO2024110554A1 (en) 2022-11-23 2024-05-30 Syngenta Crop Protection Ag N-[(1 -[2-[6-(pyridazin-3-yl]-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl]ethyl]-quinazolin-4-amine and n-[1-[3-(6-(pyridazin-3-yl)pyrazin-2-yl]ethyl]-8-quinazolin-4-amine derivatives as pesticides

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8354454B2 (en) * 2008-10-01 2013-01-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Prodrugs of oxazolidinone CETP inhibitors
JP5964965B2 (en) 2011-08-18 2016-08-03 ドクター レディズ ラボラトリーズ リミテッド Substituted heterocyclic amine compounds as cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP) inhibitors
MX352074B (en) 2011-09-27 2017-11-08 Dr Reddys Laboratories Ltd 5 - benzylaminomethyl - 6 - aminopyrazolo [3, 4 -b] pyridine derivatives as cholesteryl ester -transfer protein (cetp) inhibitors useful for the treatment of atherosclerosis.
EP2934518B1 (en) 2012-12-19 2020-02-19 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Spirocyclic cetp inhibitors
EP2934519B1 (en) 2012-12-20 2021-05-12 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Therapeutic thiazolidinone compounds
EP3027619B1 (en) 2013-07-30 2019-01-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Bicyclic ureas and thiadiazolidine-1,1-dioxides as cetp inhibitors
US9688630B2 (en) 2013-10-10 2017-06-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 3,3′-disubstituted indolines as inhibitors of cholesterol ester transfer protein
EP3083642B1 (en) 2013-12-17 2018-09-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Fused bicyclic isoxazolines as inhibitors of cholesterol ester transfer protein
US10011572B2 (en) 2014-07-29 2018-07-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Monocyclic isoxazolines as inhibitors of cholesterol ester transfer protein

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20020035136A1 (en) * 2000-08-29 2002-03-21 Gang Liu Amino(oxo) acetic acid protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors
WO2003064376A1 (en) * 2002-01-29 2003-08-07 Applied Research Systems Ars Holding N.V. Substituted methylene amide derivatives as modulators of protein tyrosine phosphatases (ptps)
WO2004092136A1 (en) * 2003-04-18 2004-10-28 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Nitrogenous heterocyclic compound and use thereof

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000018723A1 (en) * 1998-09-25 2000-04-06 Monsanto Company Substituted n-aliphatic-n-aromatic tertiary-heteroalkylamines useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
CA2345103C (en) * 1998-09-25 2011-04-26 Monsanto Company (r)-chiral halogenated 1-substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
CO5271716A1 (en) * 1999-11-30 2003-04-30 Pfizer Prod Inc CRYSTALS OF 4- CARBOXAMINE 1,2,3,4-TETRAHYDROQUINOLINE 2- REPLACED
EP1309329A2 (en) * 2000-08-15 2003-05-14 Pfizer Products Inc. Therapeutic combination of a cetp inhibitor and atorvastatin
JP2003221376A (en) * 2001-11-21 2003-08-05 Japan Tobacco Inc Cept activity inhibitor
CN1289467C (en) 2002-08-30 2006-12-13 日本烟草产业株式会社 Dibenzylamine compound and medicinal use thereof

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20020035136A1 (en) * 2000-08-29 2002-03-21 Gang Liu Amino(oxo) acetic acid protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors
WO2003064376A1 (en) * 2002-01-29 2003-08-07 Applied Research Systems Ars Holding N.V. Substituted methylene amide derivatives as modulators of protein tyrosine phosphatases (ptps)
WO2004092136A1 (en) * 2003-04-18 2004-10-28 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Nitrogenous heterocyclic compound and use thereof

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HIRANO, K.-L.; YAMASHITA, S.; MATSUZAWA, Y.: "Pros and cons of inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein", CURR. OPIN. LIPIDOL., vol. 11, no. 6, 2000, pages 589 - 596
INAZU, A: "Cholesteryl ester transfer protein and atherosclerosis", CURR. OPIN. LIPIDOL., vol. 11, no. 4, 2000, pages 389 - 396
See also references of EP1737811A4 *

Cited By (127)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7504401B2 (en) 2003-08-29 2009-03-17 Locus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-cancer agents and uses thereof
WO2006056854A1 (en) * 2004-11-23 2006-06-01 Pfizer Products Inc. Dibenzyl amine compounds and derivatives
KR101238525B1 (en) 2004-12-31 2013-02-28 레디 유에스 테라퓨틱스 인코포레이티드 Novel benzylamine derivatives as cetp inhibitors
EP1848430A4 (en) * 2004-12-31 2011-12-28 Reddys Lab Ltd Dr Novel benzylamine derivatives as cetp inhibitors
EP1848430A2 (en) * 2004-12-31 2007-10-31 Reddy US Therapeutics, Inc. Novel benzylamine derivatives as cetp inhibitors
US8604055B2 (en) 2004-12-31 2013-12-10 Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. Substituted benzylamino quinolines as cholesterol ester-transfer protein inhibitors
US9040558B2 (en) 2004-12-31 2015-05-26 Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. Substituted benzylamino quinolines as cholesterol ester-transfer protein inhibitors
WO2007041494A3 (en) * 2005-09-30 2009-04-23 Merck & Co Inc Cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors
EP1951053A2 (en) * 2005-10-19 2008-08-06 Merck & Co., Inc. Cetp inhibitors
US7935727B2 (en) 2005-10-19 2011-05-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. CETP inhibitors
EP1951053A4 (en) * 2005-10-19 2010-12-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Cetp inhibitors
US8334290B2 (en) 2005-10-31 2012-12-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. CETP inhibitors
EP1954287A2 (en) * 2005-10-31 2008-08-13 Merck & Co., Inc. Cetp inhibitors
JP2009516649A (en) * 2005-10-31 2009-04-23 メルク エンド カムパニー インコーポレーテッド CETP inhibitor
EP1954287A4 (en) * 2005-10-31 2010-05-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Cetp inhibitors
US7790770B2 (en) 2005-11-23 2010-09-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclic CETP inhibitors
US8642576B2 (en) 2005-11-23 2014-02-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclic CETP inhibitors
WO2007062314A3 (en) * 2005-11-23 2007-11-22 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Heterocyclic cetp inhibitors
US8304403B2 (en) 2005-11-23 2012-11-06 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclic CETP inhibitors
US7888376B2 (en) 2005-11-23 2011-02-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclic CETP inhibitors
JP2009517399A (en) * 2005-11-23 2009-04-30 ブリストル−マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニー Heterocyclic CETP inhibitor
US7652023B2 (en) 2005-11-23 2010-01-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclic CETP inhibitors
WO2007062314A2 (en) 2005-11-23 2007-05-31 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclic cetp inhibitors
EP1981342A4 (en) * 2005-12-28 2010-07-21 Reddys Lab Ltd Dr Selective benzylamine derivatives and their utility as cholesterol ester-transfer protein inhibitors
EP1981342A1 (en) * 2005-12-28 2008-10-22 Reddy US Therapeutics, Inc. Selective benzylamine derivatives and their utility as cholesterol ester-transfer protein inhibitors
JP2009530230A (en) * 2005-12-28 2009-08-27 レディー・ユーエス・サラピューティクス・インコーポレイテッド Selective benzylamine derivatives and their usefulness as cholesterol ester transcription protein inhibitors
AU2006330072B2 (en) * 2005-12-28 2012-08-02 Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. Selective benzylamine derivatives and their utility as cholesterol ester-transfer protein inhibitors
WO2007075194A1 (en) * 2005-12-28 2007-07-05 Reddy Us Therapeutics, Inc. Selective benzylamine derivatives and their utility as cholesterol ester-transfer protein inhibitors
CN101374817B (en) * 2006-01-31 2014-07-30 田边三菱制药株式会社 Trisubstituted amine compound as inhibitors of cholesteryl ester transfer protein cetp
CN103172562B (en) * 2006-01-31 2015-04-22 田边三菱制药株式会社 Trisubstituted amine compounds as inhibitors of cholesteryl ester transfer protein CETP
US7906517B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2011-03-15 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Trisubstituted amine compound
CN103172562A (en) * 2006-01-31 2013-06-26 田边三菱制药株式会社 Trisubstituted amine compounds as inhibitors of cholesteryl ester transfer protein CETP
WO2007088996A1 (en) * 2006-01-31 2007-08-09 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Trisubstituted amine compounds as inhibitors of -cholesteryl ester transfer protein cetp
JP2009524577A (en) * 2006-01-31 2009-07-02 田辺三菱製薬株式会社 Trisubstituted amine compounds as cholesteryl ester transport protein inhibitors
AU2007210446B2 (en) * 2006-01-31 2010-12-23 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Trisubstituted amine compounds as inhibitors of -cholesteryl ester transfer protein CETP
US8076364B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2011-12-13 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Trisubstituted amine compound
KR101124930B1 (en) 2006-02-07 2012-04-12 에프. 호프만-라 로슈 아게 Benzamide and heteroarene derivatives
US7674815B2 (en) 2006-02-07 2010-03-09 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Heteroaryl and benzyl amide compounds
CN101379022B (en) * 2006-02-07 2013-05-01 弗·哈夫曼-拉罗切有限公司 Benzamide and heteroarene derivatives
JP2009526005A (en) * 2006-02-07 2009-07-16 エフ．ホフマン−ラ ロシュ アーゲー Benzamide and heteroarene derivatives
WO2007090749A2 (en) * 2006-02-07 2007-08-16 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Benzamide and heteroarene derivatives as cetp inhibitors
WO2007090748A1 (en) * 2006-02-07 2007-08-16 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Benzamide and heteroarene derivatives
US7745477B2 (en) 2006-02-07 2010-06-29 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Heteroaryl and benzyl amide compounds
WO2007090749A3 (en) * 2006-02-07 2007-11-29 Hoffmann La Roche Benzamide and heteroarene derivatives as cetp inhibitors
KR101069009B1 (en) 2006-02-07 2011-09-29 에프. 호프만-라 로슈 아게 Benzamide and heteroarene derivatives as cetp inhibitors
JP2009529573A (en) * 2006-03-10 2009-08-20 ファイザー・プロダクツ・インク Dibenzylamine derivatives as CETP inhibitors
WO2007105050A1 (en) 2006-03-10 2007-09-20 Pfizer Products Inc. Dibenzyl amine compounds and derivatives
KR101059274B1 (en) 2006-03-10 2011-08-24 화이자 프로덕츠 인크. Dibenzyl Amine Derivatives as CPT inhibitors
KR101058312B1 (en) 2006-03-10 2011-08-22 화이자 프로덕츠 인크. Dibenzyl Amine Compounds and Derivatives
WO2007105049A1 (en) 2006-03-10 2007-09-20 Pfizer Products Inc. Dibenzyl amine derivatives as cetp inhibitors
US7919506B2 (en) 2006-03-10 2011-04-05 Pfizer Inc. Dibenzyl amine compounds and derivatives
US8383660B2 (en) 2006-03-10 2013-02-26 Pfizer Inc. Dibenzyl amine compounds and derivatives
NL2000527C2 (en) * 2006-03-10 2008-02-06 Pfizer Prod Inc Dibenzylamine compounds and derivatives.
NL2000514C2 (en) * 2006-03-10 2009-03-31 Pfizer Prod Inc Dibenzylamine compounds and derivatives.
AU2007226261B2 (en) * 2006-03-10 2012-08-16 Pfizer Products Inc. Dibenzyl amine compounds and derivatives
US8410275B2 (en) 2006-05-10 2013-04-02 Novartis Ag Bicyclic derivatives as CETP inhibitors
US8232403B2 (en) 2006-05-10 2012-07-31 Novartis Ag Bicyclic derivatives as CETP inhibitors
WO2007132906A1 (en) * 2006-05-11 2007-11-22 Novartis Ag Benzylamine derivatives as cetp inhibitors
JP2009536609A (en) * 2006-05-11 2009-10-15 ノバルティス アクチエンゲゼルシャフト Benzylamine derivatives as CETP inhibitors
WO2008058961A1 (en) * 2006-11-15 2008-05-22 Novartis Ag Heterocyclic derivatives as cetp inhibitors
US9102599B2 (en) 2006-12-01 2015-08-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company N-((3-benzyl)-2,2-(bis-phenyl)-propan-1-amine derivatives as CETP inhibitors for the treatment of atherosclerosis and cardiovascular diseases
WO2008070496A3 (en) * 2006-12-01 2008-09-18 Bristol Myers Squibb Co N- ( (3-benzyl) -2, 2- (bis-phenyl) -propan-1-amine derivatives as cetp inhibitors for the treatment of atherosclerosis and cardiovascular diseases
US8404896B2 (en) 2006-12-01 2013-03-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company N-((3-benzyl)-2,2-(bis-phenyl)-propan-1-amine derivatives as CETP inhibitors for the treatment of atherosclerosis and cardiovascular diseases
WO2008089581A1 (en) 2007-01-26 2008-07-31 Merck Frosst Canada Ltd. Fused aromatic ptp-1b inhibitors
JP5244095B2 (en) * 2007-04-13 2013-07-24 興和株式会社 Pyrimidine compounds having a novel dibenzylamine structure and pharmaceuticals containing the same
EP2149563A4 (en) * 2007-04-13 2011-09-07 Kowa Co Novel pyrimidine compound having dibenzylamine structure, and medicine comprising the compound
EP2149563A1 (en) * 2007-04-13 2010-02-03 Kowa Company. Ltd. Novel pyrimidine compound having dibenzylamine structure, and medicine comprising the compound
WO2008137105A1 (en) 2007-05-07 2008-11-13 Merck & Co., Inc. Method of treatment using fused aromatic compounds having anti-diabetic activity
GB2460597A (en) * 2008-02-01 2009-12-09 Amira Pharmaceuticals Inc N,N-disubstituted aminoalkylbiphenyl antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
EA018901B1 (en) * 2008-02-01 2013-11-29 ПАНМИРА ФАРМАСЬЮТИКАЛС, ЭлЭлСи N,n-disubstituted aminoalkylbiphenyl antagonists of prostaglandin dreceptors
CN101952244A (en) * 2008-02-01 2011-01-19 艾米拉制药公司 PGD 2The N of acceptor, N-disubstituted amido alkyl biphenyl antagonist
CN101952244B (en) * 2008-02-01 2014-11-05 潘米拉制药公司 N,N-disubstituted aminoalkylbiphenyl antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
GB2460597B8 (en) * 2008-02-01 2014-03-12 Amira Pharmaceuticals Inc N,N-disubstituted aminoalkylbiphenyl antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
US8168678B2 (en) 2008-02-01 2012-05-01 Panmira Pharmaceuticals, Inc. N,N-disubstituted aminoalkylbiphenyl antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
US8067445B2 (en) 2008-02-01 2011-11-29 Panmira Pharmaceuticals, Llc N,N-disubstituted aminoalkylbiphenyl antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
US8362044B2 (en) 2008-02-01 2013-01-29 Panmira Pharmaceuticals, Llc N,N-disubstituted aminoalkylbiphenyl antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
US8338484B2 (en) 2008-02-01 2012-12-25 Panmira Pharmaceuticals, Llc N,N-disubstituted aminoalkylbiphenyl antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
GB2460597B (en) * 2008-02-01 2010-04-21 Amira Pharmaceuticals Inc N,N-disubstituted aminoalkylbiphenyl antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
WO2009099901A1 (en) * 2008-02-01 2009-08-13 Amira Pharmaceuticals, Inc. N,n-disubstituted aminoalkylbiphenyl antagonists of prostaglandin d2 receptors
WO2009099902A1 (en) * 2008-02-01 2009-08-13 Amira Pharmaceuticals, Inc. N,n-disubstituted aminoalkylbiphenyl antagonists of prostaglandin d2 receptors
JP2011511781A (en) * 2008-02-01 2011-04-14 アミラ ファーマシューティカルズ，インク． N, N-2-substituted aminoalkylbiphenyl antagonist of prostaglandin D2 receptor
KR101235961B1 (en) 2008-02-01 2013-02-21 판미라 파마슈티칼스, 엘엘씨 N,n-disubstituted aminoalkylbiphenyl antagonists of prostaglandin d2 receptors
US8242145B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2012-08-14 Panmira Pharmaceuticals, Llc Cyclic diaryl ether compounds as antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
US8497381B2 (en) 2008-02-25 2013-07-30 Panmira Pharmaceuticals, Llc Antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
US8426449B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2013-04-23 Panmira Pharmaceuticals, Llc Aminoalkylphenyl antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
JP2010077116A (en) * 2008-08-25 2010-04-08 Kowa Co New pyrimidine compound having dibenzylamine structure and medicine containing the same
EP2328869A2 (en) * 2008-09-29 2011-06-08 Amira Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl antagonists of prostaglandin d2 receptors
JP2012504141A (en) * 2008-09-29 2012-02-16 パンミラ ファーマシューティカルズ，エルエルシー． Prostaglandin D2 receptor tricyclic antagonist
US8049015B2 (en) 2008-09-29 2011-11-01 Panmira Pharmaceuticals, Llc Heteroaryl antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
EP2328869A4 (en) * 2008-09-29 2013-01-09 Panmira Pharmaceuticals Llc Heteroaryl antagonists of prostaglandin d2 receptors
WO2010039977A3 (en) * 2008-10-01 2010-08-12 Amira Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl antagonists of prostaglandin d2 receptors
WO2010039977A2 (en) * 2008-10-01 2010-04-08 Amira Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl antagonists of prostaglandin d2 receptors
US8378107B2 (en) 2008-10-01 2013-02-19 Panmira Pharmaceuticals, Llc Heteroaryl antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
US8524748B2 (en) 2008-10-08 2013-09-03 Panmira Pharmaceuticals, Llc Heteroalkyl biphenyl antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
WO2010047982A1 (en) 2008-10-22 2010-04-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
WO2010051206A1 (en) 2008-10-31 2010-05-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
US8383654B2 (en) 2008-11-17 2013-02-26 Panmira Pharmaceuticals, Llc Heterocyclic antagonists of prostaglandin D2 receptors
WO2010083136A1 (en) 2009-01-16 2010-07-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Oxadiazole beta carboline derivatives as antidiabetic compounds
WO2010085525A1 (en) 2009-01-23 2010-07-29 Schering Corporation Bridged and fused heterocyclic antidiabetic compounds
WO2010085528A1 (en) 2009-01-23 2010-07-29 Schering Corporation Bridged and fused antidiabetic compounds
WO2010091176A1 (en) 2009-02-05 2010-08-12 Schering Corporation Phthalazine-containing antidiabetic compounds
TWI403318B (en) * 2009-08-05 2013-08-01 Panmira Pharmaceuticals Llc Dp2antagonist and uses thereof
WO2011017201A3 (en) * 2009-08-05 2011-06-16 Amira Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dp2 antagonist and uses thereof
US8815917B2 (en) 2009-08-05 2014-08-26 Panmira Pharmaceuticals, Llc DP2 antagonist and uses thereof
US9688624B2 (en) 2010-01-06 2017-06-27 Brickell Biotech, Inc. DP2 antagonist and uses thereof
WO2011088025A1 (en) 2010-01-15 2011-07-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Oxadiazole beta carboline derivatives as antidiabetic compounds
WO2011101424A1 (en) 2010-02-19 2011-08-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Tricyclic pyridine derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their preparation
WO2011106273A1 (en) 2010-02-25 2011-09-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
WO2012110599A1 (en) 2011-02-17 2012-08-23 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Tricyclic pyridine derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their preparation
WO2012116145A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2012-08-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic azabenzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
EP3243385A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2017-11-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic azabenzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
WO2013024130A1 (en) 2011-08-17 2013-02-21 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Furo[3,4-c]quinoline derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their preparation
EA026123B1 (en) * 2011-10-28 2017-03-31 Мерк Шарп И Доум Корп. Fused bicyclic oxazolidinone as cetp inhibitor
KR20140094571A (en) * 2011-10-28 2014-07-30 머크 샤프 앤드 돔 코포레이션 Fused bicyclic oxazolidinone cetp inhibitor
WO2013063217A1 (en) * 2011-10-28 2013-05-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Fused bicyclic oxazolidinone cetp inhibitor
AU2012328759B2 (en) * 2011-10-28 2015-09-10 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Fused bicyclic oxazolidinone CETP inhibitor
US9346825B2 (en) 2011-10-28 2016-05-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Fused bicyclic oxazolidinone CETP inhibitor
KR101686308B1 (en) 2011-10-28 2016-12-13 머크 샤프 앤드 돔 코포레이션 Fused bicyclic oxazolidinone cetp inhibitor
US8871738B2 (en) 2011-10-28 2014-10-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Fused bicyclic oxazolidinone CETP inhibitor
WO2014031465A1 (en) 2012-08-22 2014-02-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel azabenzimidazole tetrahydropyran derivatives
WO2014139388A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel indole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
WO2021083936A1 (en) 2019-11-01 2021-05-06 Syngenta Crop Protection Ag Pesticidally active fused bicyclic heteroaromatic compounds
CN110639018A (en) * 2019-11-14 2020-01-03 牡丹江医学院 Pharmaceutical composition for preventing and treating senile hypertension and application thereof
CN110639018B (en) * 2019-11-14 2020-06-26 牡丹江医学院 Pharmaceutical composition for preventing and treating senile hypertension and application thereof
WO2022268648A1 (en) 2021-06-24 2022-12-29 Syngenta Crop Protection Ag 2-[3-[1 [(quinazolin-4-yl)amino]ethyl]pyrazin-2-yl]thiazole-5-carbonitrile derivatives and similar compounds as pesticides
WO2023247360A1 (en) 2022-06-21 2023-12-28 Syngenta Crop Protection Ag Pesticidally active fused bicyclic heteroaromatic compounds
WO2024110554A1 (en) 2022-11-23 2024-05-30 Syngenta Crop Protection Ag N-[(1 -[2-[6-(pyridazin-3-yl]-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl]ethyl]-quinazolin-4-amine and n-[1-[3-(6-(pyridazin-3-yl)pyrazin-2-yl]ethyl]-8-quinazolin-4-amine derivatives as pesticides

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1737811A1 (en) 2007-01-03
JP2007532651A (en) 2007-11-15
US20070225365A1 (en) 2007-09-27
CA2562082C (en) 2013-06-25
AU2005233160B2 (en) 2011-06-02
CA2562082A1 (en) 2005-10-27
CN1942428A (en) 2007-04-04
EP1737811A4 (en) 2009-06-17
AU2005233160A1 (en) 2005-10-27
JP4922924B2 (en) 2012-04-25
US7737295B2 (en) 2010-06-15
EP1737811B1 (en) 2016-08-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1737811A1 (en) Cetp inhibitors
DE60216094T2 (en) MODULATORS OF PEROXISOM PROLIFERATOR ACTIVATED RECEPTORS (PPAR)
US8334290B2 (en) CETP inhibitors
CN111138301A (en) Biphenyl compound, intermediate thereof, preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and application
AP1388A (en) Nicotinamide derivatives
JP2019522005A (en) Aromatic acetylene or aromatic ethylene compounds, intermediates thereof, production methods, drug compositions and uses
AU2018204894A1 (en) Anti-fibrotic pyridinones
WO2004007439A1 (en) Biaryl derivatives
US20040214888A1 (en) Carboxylic acid derivative and medicine comprising salt or ester of the same
CN113939288A (en) Modulators of MAS-related G protein receptor X4 and related products and methods
MX2009000925A (en) Novel compounds, isomer thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof as vanilloid receptor antagonist; and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same.
EP2215049A1 (en) P2x3, receptor antagonists for treatment of pain
JP2007514659A (en) Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor modulators
WO2015024448A1 (en) Benzo piperidine ring and benzo morpholine ring compounds, manufacturing method therefor, and medical applications thereof
WO2012162407A1 (en) Picolinamido - propanoic acid derivatives useful as glucagon receptor antagonists
JP2023523545A (en) Modulators of Mas-related G protein receptor X4, related products and methods of use thereof
ES2295200T3 (en) OXAZOLIL-ARILPROPIONIC ACID DERIVATIVES AND ITS USE AS PPAR AGONISTS.
JP4094955B2 (en) Terphenyl compound having a substituted amino group
US20060183754A1 (en) Amide bridged piphenyl or biazaphenyl derivatives
US8193365B2 (en) CETP inhibitors
CA2612765A1 (en) Antidiabetic oxazolidinediones and thiazolidinediones
US20170029367A1 (en) Substituted Aromatic Sulfur Compounds and Methods of Their Use
WO2016039358A1 (en) Carboxylic acid derivative
KR100958831B1 (en) Heteroarylalkoxy-phenyl derivatives, processes for the preparation thereof, and compositions comprising the same
ES2352071T3 (en) THIROSINE DERIVATIVES REPLACED WITH N-PHENYLACROLOYL AS AGONOSTAS OF HPPAR ALFA AND HPPAR RANGE.

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KM KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2005736159

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005736159

Country of ref document: EP

Ref document number: 3582/CHENP/2006

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2562082

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005233160

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 11578694

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: 2007225365

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: 2007508428

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: 200580011070.6

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2005233160

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20050408

Kind code of ref document: A

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005233160

Country of ref document: AU

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005736159

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 11578694

Country of ref document: US